Statutes and Ordinances of the University of Cambridge
CHAPTER VII
DEGREES, DIPLOMAS, AND OTHER QUALIFICATIONS

The Ordinances contained in this Chapter are Ordinances of the General Board

In this Chapter

MASTER OF ADVANCED STUDY

GENERAL REGULATIONS

M.A.St. Degree.

1. The M.A.St. Degree shall be awarded on completion of a course of advanced study. A subject of such study, together with the programme aims, learning outcomes, and syllabus for the course, and the special regulations for the examination and any subsequent amendments thereof, shall be approved by the General Board on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or other body concerned, after consultation with the appropriate Degree Committee.

Candidature.
Attendance.

2. A candidate for the M.A.St. Degree must be approved by the Degree Committee concerned and shall comply with any special conditions that the Degree Committee may lay down in a particular case. The course shall extend over one academical year. A candidate shall be required to attend in all three terms of the year, beginning from the date announced by the Degree Committee for the start of lectures, classes, or other formal instruction.

3. The Faculty Board or other body concerned shall have power to issue supplementary regulations determining the scope and manner of assessment of the examination, and shall be empowered to amend such supplementary regulations from time to time as they may think fit, due care being taken that sufficient notice is given of any change.

Examiners and Assessors.

4. The Faculty Board or other body concerned shall appoint such number of Examiners and Assessors as they shall deem sufficient to conduct the examination for the M.A.St. Degree and to report on the performance of a candidate. The Examiners and Assessors shall undertake such duties as the Faculty Board or other body may decide.

Approval for degree.

5. On completing the requisite number of terms a student who has satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the M.A.St. Degree shall be entitled to proceed to the degree.

6. A candidate who has failed to satisfy the Examiners shall not be eligible to take the examination for the degree again.

7. No student shall be a candidate for the M.A.St. Degree on more than one occasion or for the M.A.St. Degree and for another University examination in the same term.

8. For each subject, the names of the candidates who satisfy the Examiners shall appear in alphabetical order in a single class. In each class-list distinctive marks may be attached to the names of those candidates who in the opinion of the Examiners deserve special credit: the mark (d) being used to denote a distinguished performance, and the mark (m) a meritorious performance. The Chairman of Examiners shall communicate the marks of all candidates to the Registrary.

Fees payable.

9. While following the course of study leading to the examination for the M.A.St. a student shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for the course.

10. A student who has taken the examination for the M.A.St. Degree shall not be entitled to count the period or any part of the period during which he or she has been a candidate for that examination towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS

Astrophysics

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 78)

The examination in Astrophysics for the Master of Advanced Studies Degree shall comprise written papers, and a report of a research project, as set out in the regulations for the subject Astrophysics in Part III of the Natural Sciences Tripos. The conduct of the examination shall be governed for the regulations for that part, provided that a candidate shall be a candidate not for honours and the candidate’s name shall not appear in the class-list for the Tripos.

Materials Science

The examination in Materials Science for the M.A.St. Degree shall comprise written papers, and topics for an optional essay as set out in the regulations for the subject Materials Science and Metallurgy in Part III of the Natural Sciences Tripos. The conduct of the examination shall be governed for the regulations for that part, provided that a candidate shall be a candidate not for honours and the candidate’s name shall not appear in the class-list for the Tripos.

Mathematics

The examination in Mathematics for the M.A.St. Degree shall comprise written papers, and topics for an optional essay as set out in the regulations for Part III of the Mathematical Tripos. The conduct of the examination shall be governed for the regulations for that part, provided that a candidate shall be a candidate not for honours and the candidate’s name shall not appear in the class-list for the Tripos.

Physics

The examination in Physics for the M.A.St. Degree shall comprise written papers, and topics for an optional essay as set out in the regulations for the subject Experimental and Theoretical Physics in Part III of the Natural Sciences Tripos. The conduct of the examination shall be governed for the regulations for that part, provided that a candidate shall be a candidate not for honours and the candidate’s name shall not appear in the class-list for the Tripos.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Candidature.

1. A candidate for the M.B.A. Examination must be approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management, who shall assign to each candidate a date of commencement of candidature.

2. The Degree Committee may approve as a candidate for the M.B.A. Examination any student who has satisfied the Committee that by reason of previous study he or she is qualified to engage in postgraduate work in Management Studies.

3. Applications for approval under Regulation 2 shall be sent to the Secretary of the Degree Committee so as to arrive not later than 31 March next preceding the date on which the applicant wishes his or her candidature to begin, provided that the Committee shall have power to consider applications submitted after that date.

Course of study.

4. The course of study leading to the M.B.A. Examination shall cover the following aspects of business administration: basic skills and functional knowledge, organizational integration, the organization in its environment. The course of study shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of one of the following:

  1. (a)One-year course
  2. A course extending over one academical year, including three terms’ residence in the University.
  3. (b)Two-year integrated course
  4. A course extending over two academical years, including three terms’ residence in the University, and not less than one year of supervised study and employment in one or more participating organizations approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board of Business and Management.
  5. (c)Executive M.B.A. course
  6. A course extending over a period of two years comprising a number of course units and project work, which shall include not less than 300 hours of formal instruction in the University and not less than 120 hours of open study prescribed by the Faculty Board.

No student's name shall appear on the list of successful candidates for the M.B.A. Examination unless the Director of the Judge Institute of Management is satisfied that the student has diligently attended the course.

5. No student shall be a candidate for the M.B.A. Examination or for any part thereof on more than one occasion.

Examination.

6. The M.B.A. Examination shall consist of three sections, as follows:

  1. (a)Written papers
  2. Three written papers, each of three hours’ duration, prescribed by the Faculty Board.
  3. (b)Course-work
  4. Such course-work as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board from time to time.
  5. (c)Project work
  6. One or more reports on project work, which shall be submitted in such form and assessed in such manner as the Faculty Board may determine.

The Examiners shall have power to examine a candidate viva voce on any or all of the three sections of the examination (a)–(c).

Supplementary regulations.

7. The Faculty Board of Business and Management shall have power to issue supplementary regulations determining the scope and manner of assessment of the examination, and shall be empowered to amend such supplementary regulations from time to time as they may think fit, due care being taken that sufficient notice is given of any change.

Examiners and Assessors.

8. The Faculty Board shall nominate such number of Examiners and Assessors as they may deem sufficient, including a resident member of the Senate as Chairman of Examiners.

Class-lists.

9. The names of the candidates who satisfy the Examiners shall appear in separate class-lists headed ‘One-year candidates’ or ‘Two-year integrated candidates’ or `Executive M.B.A. candidates', according to the course of study that they have followed. The names of the candidates in each class-list shall be arranged in alphabetical order in a single class. The Chairman of Examiners shall communicate the marks of all candidates to the Registrary.

Fee.

10. While following the course of study leading to the M.B.A. Examination a student shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each year of the course (including periods spent away from Cambridge).

11. On completing the requisite number of terms,1 or hours of study, as set out in Regulation 4 a student who has satisfied the Examiners in the M.B.A. Examination shall be entitled to proceed to the degree of M.B.A.

Relation to courses of research.

12. A student who has taken the M.B.A. Examination shall not be entitled to count the period or any part of the period during which he or she has been a candidate for that examination towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt.

DEGREES IN DIVINITY

Bachelor of Theology for Ministry

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 767)

1. The degree of Bachelor of Theology for Ministry may be awarded to a candidate who:

  1. (a)has satisfied Examiners in the First and Second Examinations for the degree;
  2. (b)has completed five terms at least by residence,1
  3. (c)has submitted to the Examiners a satisfactory portfolio in Pastoral Studies under the provisions of Regulations 19 and 25.
Restrictions.

2. A student who has proceeded, or who is qualified to proceed, to the B.Th. Degree shall not be a candidate for any Honours Examination except by special permission of the Council, on the application of the student's Tutor. In considering applications the Council shall have regard to the privileges granted to Affiliated Students. A student who has been granted permission under this regulation shall not offer in any Honours Examination a paper which is the same as, or which substantially overlaps with, a paper which he or she has offered in the Qualifying Examination in Theology for Ministry or in the First or Second Examination for the B.Th. Degree.

Examinations.

3. There shall be a Qualifying Examination in Theology for Ministry, and a First Examination and a Second Examination for the B.Th. Degree. The names of successful candidates in the Qualifying Examination and the First Examination shall be arranged in alphabetical order in a single class. The names of successful candidates in the Second Examination shall be arranged in alphabetical order in three classes. In drawing up the class-list for the Second Examination the Examiners shall take account of the performance of candidates in the Qualifying Examination and the First Examination.

Standing of candidates.

4. A student may be a candidate for the Qualifying Examination if he or she satisfies the examination requirements for matriculation specified in the University Ordinances and has followed a one-year course of study in a Member Institution of the Cambridge Theological Federation.2

5. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 7, a student may be a candidate for the First Examination if he or she

  1. (a)has satisfied the Examiners in the Qualifying Examination; and
  2. (b)has been matriculated and has kept two terms as a member of the University;

provided that three complete terms have not passed after the student's first term of residence as a member of the University reading for the B.Th. Degree, and provided also that the Faculty Board of Divinity shall have power in exceptional circumstances, subject to the approval of the General Board, to exempt a student from requirement (a).

6. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 7, a student may be a candidate for the Second Examination if he or she

  1. (a)has satisfied the Examiners in the First Examination; and
  2. (b)has kept five terms as a member of the University;

provided that nine complete terms have not passed after the student's first term of residence as a member of the University reading for the B.Th. Degree.

7. (a) The Faculty Board of Divinity shall have power to grant an allowance of not more than one term to a student who has spent a period of not less than eight weeks working under supervision outside the University under conditions approved by the Faculty Board, provided that no student shall be granted such an allowance on more than one occasion.

(b) A student who wishes to spend a period away from Cambridge under the provisions of this regulation shall apply to the Faculty Board for the approval of his or her plans. Such an application shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Faculty Board so as to arrive not later than the first day of the Full Easter Term in the academical year next preceding that in which the student's proposed absence is to fall.

(c) A term allowed under this regulation may be counted for the purposes of satisfying the requirements of Regulation 5 or Regulation 6 above, but may not be counted for the purpose of satisfying the requirements for residence for the degree of Bachelor of Theology.

8. No student shall be a candidate for both the First and Second Examinations, or for either of those examinations and also for an Honours Examination of the University, in the same term. No student who has been a candidate for either the First or the Second Examination shall again be a candidate for the same examination.

Examiners and Assessors.

9. The Faculty Board shall nominate such number of Examiners for each of the three examinations as they deem sufficient, and shall have power to nominate one or more Assessors to assist the Examiners in any subject. Assessors shall propose questions in the papers or parts of papers assigned to them by the Examiners, shall mark the answers of the candidates in those papers or parts of papers, and shall advise the Examiners on the performance of candidates in the examination. Assessors may be summoned to meetings of the Examiners for the purpose of consultation and advice, but shall not be entitled to vote.

10. The Examiners shall take account of a candidate's performance in an additional paper, or in the weaker of two papers either of which may be deemed to have been taken as an additional paper, only in so far as it is to the candidate's advantage. They shall not exclude a candidate from any class on the ground that he or she has not offered an additional paper.

Supplementary regulations.

11. The Faculty Board of Divinity shall have power to issue from time to time supplementary regulations defining or limiting all or any of the subjects of examination, and to modify, alter, or withdraw such supplementary regulations as occasion may require, provided that due care is taken to give sufficient notice of any change.

Variable subjects.

12. Public notice of any variable subjects for the examinations in any year shall be given by the Faculty Board before the end of the academical year next but one preceding the examination concerned, provided that the Board shall have the power of subsequently issuing amendments if they have due reason for doing so and if they are satisfied that no student's preparation for the examination is adversely affected.

Course-work.

13. Not later than the first day of Full Michaelmas Term each year the Faculty Board shall publish, by Notice in the Faculty of Divinity and in the Member Institutions of the Cambridge Theological Federation, details of the course-work to be undertaken by candidates for the examinations to be held during the ensuing academic year.

Scheme of examination.

14. The papers for the Qualifying Examination in Theology for Ministry and for the First and Second Examinations for the degree of B.Th. shall be divided into groups A–D and shall be as set out below. Each paper shall be designated as either a full paper or a half-paper; in the following list the papers marked with an asterisk shall be half-papers.

Group A

 Paper 1.

Introduction to Biblical Hebrew

 Paper 2.

Elementary Hebrew (Paper A1A of the Theological and Religious Studies Tripos)

 Paper 3.

Introduction to New Testament Greek

 Paper 4.

New Testament Greek (Paper A1B of the Theological and Religious Studies Tripos)

 Paper 5.

Introduction to the Old Testament

 Paper 6.

Introduction to the New Testament

 Paper 7.

Introduction to Christian theology

 Paper 8.

Introduction to church history

Group B

 Paper 9.

Pastoral theology and pastoral practice

 Paper 10.

Reading the Christian Bible

 *Paper 11.

Christian doctrine

 Paper 12.

Belief and practice in the early church

 Paper 13.

Reform and renewal in Christian history3

 Paper 14.

Christian culture in the Western world

Group C

 Paper 15.

Biblical exegesis

 *Paper 16.

Further Old Testament studies

 *Paper 17.

Further New Testament studies

 *Paper 18.

The study of Christian mission

 *Paper 19.

Christian ethics

 *Paper 20.

 *Paper 21.

Christian spirituality in historical context

Special study in theology for ministry

 Paper 22.

Topics in Christian doctrine4

Group D

 Paper 23.

Further studies in Christian doctrine

 Paper 24.

Schism, conflict, and unity in Christian history

 Paper 25.

Judaism, Christianity, and Islam in encounter

 *Paper 26.

Patterns of Christian worship

 *Paper 27.

One special subject, specified by the Faculty Board

 *Paper 28.

One further subject, specified by the Faculty Board

15. (a) Each full paper shall consist of either an examination of three hours’ duration, or an examination of two hours’ duration plus one essay (mixed mode), or two essays or for Paper 9 an examination of one hour's duration, an oral examination of up to an hour, and one essay. The Faculty Board shall specify by supplementary regulation which one of these three modes of assessment shall apply in the case of each paper.

(b) Each half-paper shall consist of either an examination of two hours’ duration, or one essay. The Faculty Board shall specify by supplementary regulation which one of these modes of assessment shall apply in the case of each half-paper.

(c) Candidates for the Qualifying Examination, the First Examination, and the Second Examination may not offer for each examination more than two full papers (or the equivalent number of full papers and half-papers) whose assessment is wholly by essay.

(d) All essays offered under the alternative modes of assessment specified under (a) or (b) above shall be of not more than 3,000 words in length, on a topic chosen by the candidate from a list of topics published by the Faculty Board not later than the first day of Full Michaelmas Term. Essays shall be typewritten, in English, and shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Faculty Board in accordance with detailed arrangements approved by the Board, so as to arrive not later than the third Tuesday of Full Easter Term. Candidates who submit essays of more than 3,000 words in length shall be liable to be penalized by the Examiners.

16. (a) Every candidate who offers a paper in which there is a choice of subject shall specify on his or her examination entry which subject he or she intends to offer.

(b) In approving a particular subject for study in any of Papers 21, 27, and 28 the Faculty Board may stipulate that the candidate concerned may not offer (or have already offered) another particular paper whose content is deemed to overlap with that subject.

17. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 20, a candidate for the Qualifying Examination shall offer Papers 5, 6, 7, and 8, and one other chosen from Group A.

First Examination.

18. A candidate for the First Examination shall offer four full papers (or the equivalent number of full papers and half-papers) chosen from Groups B and C; a candidate who so wishes may offer as an additional paper a language paper chosen from Papers 1–4 which he or she has not previously offered;

provided that

  1. (i)a candidate who offered Paper 1 in the Qualifying Examination may not offer Paper 2;
  2. (ii)a candidate who offered Paper 3 in the Qualifying Examination may not offer Paper 4;
  3. (iii)Paper 10 may not be offered by any candidate who has passed the Qualifying Examination or by any candidate who has passed a previous course with a component in biblical studies deemed by the Faculty Board to be of equivalent scope and academic standard to Papers 5 and 6 of the Qualifying Examination;
  4. (iv)Paper 11 may not be offered by any candidate who has passed the Qualifying Examination or by any candidate who has passed a previous course with a component in Christian doctrine deemed by the Faculty Board to be of equivalent scope and academic standard to Paper 7 of the Qualifying Examination;
  5. (v)a candidate may not offer the same set texts for Papers 16 or 17 as for Paper 15;
  6. (vi)a candidate admitted to the First Examination under Regulation 5(b) without having passed the Qualifying Examination must offer an additional language paper chosen from Papers 1 to 4 unless the candidate has previously passed a biblical language course which is deemed by the Faculty Board to be of equivalent standard.
Second Examination.

19. A candidate for the Second Examination shall offer:

(a) either four full papers (or the equivalent number of full papers and half-papers) chosen from Groups C and D, or three full papers (or the equivalent number of full papers and half-papers) chosen from Groups C and D plus a dissertation, as specified in Regulations 23 and 24; a candidate who so wishes may offer as an additional paper a language paper chosen from Papers 1–4 which he or she has not previously offered;

(b) a Pastoral Studies Portfolio, as specified in Regulation 25;

provided that

  1. (i)a candidate who offered Paper 1 in the Qualifying Examination or the First Examination may not offer Paper 2;
  2. (ii)a candidate who offered Paper 3 in the Qualifying Examination or the First Examination may not offer Paper 4;
  3. (iii)a candidate shall not offer any paper or half-paper that he or she has previously offered in the First Examination;
  4. (iv)a candidate may not offer the same set texts for Papers 16 or 17 as for Paper 15 (whether taken as part of the First or Second Examination).
Exemption.

20. The Faculty Board shall have the power to exempt a candidate from the requirement to offer any particular paper specified in Regulation 17 if the candidate can produce evidence of having done work of an equivalent standard elsewhere in the relevant subject. A candidate granted such exemption shall offer another paper in substitution as specified by the Faculty Board.

21. A candidate may offer Paper 21 once, for either the First Examination or the Second Examination. The special study may be on any topic relating to theology for ministry, but in approving a particular topic the Faculty Board may stipulate that the candidate concerned may not offer (or have already offered) a particular paper or a particular prescribed subject within a paper.

22. (a) A candidate who wishes to offer Paper 21 under Regulations 18 or 19 shall submit an application, including the title of the proposed special study and a statement of the scheme of papers to be offered in the examination. Applications shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Faculty Board so as to arrive not later than the division of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination concerned.

(b) Each candidate must obtain the approval of the proposed title by the Faculty Board not later than the last day of each Full Michaelmas Term. When the Faculty Board have approved a title, no change shall be made to it or to the candidate's scheme of papers without the further approval of the Faculty Board.

Dissertation.

23. A candidate for the Second Examination may, with the permission of the Faculty Board, submit in place of any full paper which he or she would otherwise offer under Regulation 19, a dissertation on a topic approved by the Faculty Board. A dissertation may be on any topic relating to the subject of any full or half-paper in Groups B, C, or D, but in approving a particular topic the Faculty Board may stipulate that the candidate concerned may not offer (or have already offered) a particular paper or a particular prescribed subject within a paper; provided that no candidate shall offer more than one dissertation.

24. (a) A candidate who wishes to offer a dissertation under Regulation 19 shall submit an application, including the title of the proposed dissertation and a statement of the scheme of papers to be offered in the examination. Applications shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Faculty Board so as to arrive not later than the division of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination concerned.

(b) Each candidate must obtain the approval of the proposed title by the Faculty Board not later than the last day of each Full Michaelmas Term. When the Faculty Board have approved a title, no change shall be made to it or to the candidate's scheme of papers without the further approval of the Faculty Board.

(c) A dissertation shall be typewritten and shall be of not less than 8,000 words and not more than 10,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding bibliography. Candidates will be required to declare that the dissertation is their own work and that it does not contain material already used to any substantial extent for a comparable purpose. Candidates who submit dissertations of more than 10,000 words in length shall be liable to be penalized by the Examiners.

(d) A dissertation shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Faculty Board, in accordance with detailed arrangements approved by the Board, so as to arrive not later than the third Tuesday of the Full Easter Term in which the examination is to be held.

Pastoral Studies.

25. The work to be presented by the candidate in the Pastoral Studies portfolio submitted under Regulation 19(b) shall be undertaken over the course of both the First and the Second Examinations. It shall be assessed by the Examiners for the Second Examination on such evidence as the Faculty Board may from time to time prescribe. The portfolio shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Faculty Board so as to arrive no later than the third Tuesday of Full Easter Term. A candidate who fails to satisfy the Examiners in the Pastoral Studies portfolio may apply to the Faculty Board to be reassessed in that element of the examination; such permission shall be granted on not more than one occasion. If any candidate is given permission to be reassessed under this regulation, the assessment shall be concluded on the basis of such additional work as the Examiners may require and shall be completed in the academical year next following the first assessment, except by special permission of the Faculty Board granted in exceptional circumstances.

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 436)

Group A

Paper 1. Introduction to Biblical Hebrew

This paper will contain (i) questions on the principles of Hebrew grammar and syntax, and (ii) passages for translation from Hebrew into English and for textual criticism, taken from a text prescribed by the Faculty Board.

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 2. Elementary Hebrew (Paper A1A of the Theological and Religious Studies Tripos)

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 3. Introduction to New Testament Greek

This paper will contain (i) questions on the principles of New Testament Greek grammar and syntax, and (ii) passages for translation from Greek into English, taken from a text prescribed by the Faculty Board.

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 4. New Testament Greek (Paper A1B of the Theological and Religious Studies Tripos)

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 5. Introduction to the Old Testament

The course for this paper will provide a general introduction to the books of the Old Testament and the historical contexts in which they originated and were transmitted, with reference to methods of biblical criticism and to the uses of the Old Testament in Christian theology and ministry.

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 6. Introduction to the New Testament

The course for this paper will provide a general introduction to the theology and literature of the New Testament and its historical and cultural contexts with special reference to texts in English prescribed by the Faculty Board.

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 7. Introduction to Christian theology

This paper will introduce some of the major themes and disciplines of Christian theology through a focus on Jesus Christ. The Faculty Board may from time to time prescribe texts for special study.

This paper will be examined by the mixed-mode of assessment specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 8. Introduction to church history

This paper introduces students to the study of church history by examining the themes of revivals, mission, and the social gospel from the eighteenth to the twentieth centuries.

This paper will be examined by the mixed mode of assessment specified in Regulation 15(a).

Group B

Paper 9. Pastoral theology and pastoral practice

This paper will be concerned with the discipline of pastoral theology, paying critical attention to the role of the social sciences in theology. It will draw upon insights from group psychology, counselling, and management theory and place these within a theological framework. It will be concerned with basic skills of listening, negotiation, mediation, and facilitation within theological models of reflective practice.

This paper will be examined by the special mode of assessment specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 10. Reading the Christian Bible

This paper introduces students to critical study of the Old and New Testaments. It places selected biblical writings in their historical and cultural contexts while focusing on their thematic and theological concerns.

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

*Paper 11. Christian doctrine5

This paper will consider the major tenets of the Christian faith, as presented in classical creedal formulations, their historical formulation, development in the tradition, and contemporary understandings.

This paper will be examined by an examination of two hours' duration as specified in Regulation 15(b).

Paper 12. Belief and practice in the early church

This paper will be concerned with the development of Christian life, thought, pastoral practice, and prayer in the first six centuries of the Church's existence. The course aims to introduce students to the importance of understanding the historical, political, philosophical, and social context in which Christianity developed in order to enhance their critical awareness of context in pastoral ministry and mission.

This paper will be examined by the mixed mode of assessment specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 13. Reform and renewal in Christian history

This paper is concerned with the themes of reform and renewal in the Christian tradition, taking the lenses of the Protestant and Catholic Reformations to deepen understanding of how these relate to the institutions of Church and State, society and culture, and the individual.

This paper will be examined by essays as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 14. Christian culture in the Western world

This paper will be concerned with the role of the image within Christian theology, worship, culture, and mission.

This paper will be examined by essays as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Group C

Paper 15. Biblical exegesis

This paper will provide for the close study of one or more texts from both the Old Testament and the New Testament from a selection prescribed by the Faculty Board. It will be concerned with the exegesis of the texts, their theology, and with questions arising from the use of the texts in Christian faith and practice. Texts will be studied in English.

This paper will be examined by essays as specified in Regulation 15(a).

*Paper 16. Further Old Testament studies5

This paper will provide for the close study of one or more Old Testament texts or themes from a selection prescribed by the Faculty Board. It will be concerned with the background, content, theology, and interpretation of the relevant Old Testament material, and with questions arising from the use of the material in Christian faith and practice. Texts may be studied in English or in Hebrew.

This paper will be examined by an examination of two hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(b).

*Paper 17. Further New Testament studies5

This paper will provide for the close study of one or more New Testament texts or themes from a selection prescribed by the Faculty Board. It will be concerned with the background, content, theology, and interpretation of the relevant New Testament material, and with questions arising from the use of the material in Christian faith and practice. Texts may be studied in English or in Greek.

This paper will be examined by an examination of two hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(b).

*Paper 18. The study of Christian mission5

This paper aims to help students relate some of the central issues and debates in the study of Christian mission to their own context and future ministry. Particular emphasis will be given to questions of Christianity and culture and to learning from the experience of the world church.

This paper will be examined by essay as specified in Regulation 15(b).

*Paper 19. Christian ethics5

This paper will be concerned with the theory and practice of Christian ethics and with developing mature, well-informed habits in moral thinking, appreciation, and judgment appropriate to a Christian teaching and pastoral ministry, and Christian living.

This paper will be examined by essay as specified in Regulation 15(b).

*Paper 20. Christian spirituality in historical context5

This paper will be concerned with the main historical themes of Christian spirituality.

This paper will be examined by essay as specified in Regulation 15(b).

*Paper 21. Special study in theology for ministry5

This paper will be concerned with a special study in an aspect of theology for ministry, approved for each candidate by the Faculty Board by the end of the Michaelmas Term.

This paper will be examined by essay as specified in Regulation 15(b).

Paper 22. Topics in Christian doctrine

This paper will consist of up to three topics (22A, 22B, 22C) prescribed by the Faculty Board from time to time, of which candidates may offer no more than two in any one examination. Each topic will count as one half-paper.

Group D

Paper 23. Further studies in Christian doctrine

This paper will provide for the close study of one specialist area in Christian theology, chosen from the subjects prescribed by the Faculty Board. Candidates may choose one specialist area from a maximum of four in any one year.

This paper will be examined by an examination of three hours' duration as specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 24. Schism, conflict, and unity in Christian history

This paper will require the study of four topics chosen from a list of topics prescribed by the Faculty Board from time to time. The topics will be representative of major sources of division and schism throughout Christian history and of the attempts made to reconcile ecclesial communities.

This paper will be examined by the mixed mode of assessment specified in Regulation 15(a).

Paper 25. Judaism, Christianity, and Islam in encounter

This paper will be concerned with an introduction to the study of Judaism and Islam, whereby students will be encouraged both to understand these faiths in their own terms and also to reflect on Christian relations with Jews and Muslims and the theological issues involved.

This paper will be examined by the mixed mode of assessment specified in Regulation 15(a).

*Paper 26. Patterns of Christian worship5

The paper will explore how God is encountered and believers are formed in worship, by considering the eucharist, Christian initiation, and services of the word from historical, theological, and phenomenological perspectives.

This paper will be examined by an examination of two hours’ duration as specified in Regulation 15(b).

*Paper 27. One special subject, specified by the Faculty Board5

This paper will be concerned with a special subject, specified by the Faculty Board from time to time.

This paper will be examined by essay as specified in Regulation 15(b).

*Paper 28. One further subject, specified by the Faculty Board5

This paper will be concerned with a further special subject, specified by the Faculty Board from time to time.

This paper will be examined by essay as specified in Regulation 15(b).

Bachelor of Divinity

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Divinity a candidate shall be required to give proof of a significant contribution to the knowledge of one or more of the following subjects: Biblical exegesis, criticism, or history; the nature and grounds of Christian belief; dogmatic theology; the study of other religions in relation to the Christian religion; ecclesiastical history, antiquities, or literature; the philosophy of religion; or such other subject connected with Christian theology as may from time to time be approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Divinity.

Standing of candidates.

2. Any person may be a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Divinity who is a graduate of the University and who

  1. either(a)is of not less than five years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of the University,
  2. or(b)is of not less than five years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of some other university and has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation.
Method of application.

3. A candidate for the degree shall apply in writing to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, and shall specify the work or works on which his or her claim to the degree is based, which may be either (a) one or more published works or (b) a dissertation specially composed for the purpose or (c) a combination of the two. A candidate shall send with the application a fee of £360 for the Chest, and two copies of each of the works specified under (a), (b), or (c), provided that the Board of Graduate Studies may, subject to the concurrence of the Degree Committee, allow a candidate to submit only one copy. All work submitted shall be accompanied by a declaration stating to what extent, if any, it is substantially the same as work that the candidate may have submitted, or is currently submitting, for a degree or diploma or other qualification of this or any other university or similar institution; and shall, apart from quotations, be written in English unless in a particular case the Degree Committee have allowed a candidate to submit material in some other language.

Preliminary consideration.

4. Each application shall be forwarded by the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies to the Degree Committee, who shall give preliminary consideration to the application and shall determine whether the works submitted constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree; the Committee may appoint an Assessor to assist them in the matter. The Committee shall also satisfy themselves that the candidate possesses a competent knowledge of Christian theology.

5. If the Committee decide that the work or works submitted do not constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall communicate the decision to the candidate. In such a case £288 out of the fee of £360 paid by the candidate under Regulation 3 shall be returned.

Referees.

6. If the Committee decide that the work or works submitted do constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, they shall appoint not less than two persons to act as Referees. Each Referee shall submit an independent written report on the works specified in the candidate's application; these reports shall be treated as confidential documents.

7. A candidate who submits a dissertation may, at the discretion of the Degree Committee, be called for viva voce examination.

Approval for degree.

8. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are satisfied that the candidate's work is of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees. The Chairman of the Degree Committee shall publish the name of the candidate as approved for the degree of Bachelor of Divinity.

9. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are of the opinion that the candidate's work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

Candidate not to be present.

10. No candidate for a degree shall be present at the deliberations either of the Committee or of the Board of Graduate Studies respecting his or her own case.

Printing of dissertation.

11. If a candidate has based his or her claim to the degree either wholly or in a part on a dissertation not previously printed, the degree shall not be granted until the dissertation has been printed; provided that the Degree Committee shall be empowered, subject to the provisions of Regulation 12, to exempt a candidate from this requirement. A candidate who submits a printed dissertation shall not be at liberty to make any alteration or addition without the leave of the Chairman of the Degree Committee.

Copy for Library.

12. Every candidate whose claim to the degree is based either wholly or in part on a dissertation shall ensure that a printed or typewritten copy of the dissertation is deposited in the University Library. The degree shall in no case be conferred until this requirement has been satisfied.6

Payments.

13. Each Referee shall receive a fee of £135. An Assessor appointed under Regulation 4 shall receive a fee of £42. If an Assessor is subsequently appointed a Referee the fee of £42 shall form part of the fee of £135 due to him or her as a Referee. The Board of Graduate Studies may approve the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by Referees in the execution of their duties.

14. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

Doctor of Divinity

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Divinity a candidate shall be required to give proof of distinction by some original contribution to the knowledge of one or more of the following subjects: Biblical exegesis, criticism, or history; the nature and grounds of Christian belief; dogmatic theology; the study of other religions in relation to the Christian religion; ecclesiastical history, antiquities, or literature; the philosophy of religion; or such other subject connected with Christian theology as may from time to time be approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Divinity.

Standing of candidates.

2. Any person may be a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Divinity who is a graduate of the University and who

  1. either(a)is a Bachelor of Divinity of not less than three years’ standing,
  2. or(b)is of not less than twelve years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of the University,
  3. or(c)is of not less than twelve years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of some other university and has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation.
Method of application.

3. A candidate for the degree shall apply in writing to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, and shall specify the published works on which her or his claim to the degree is based, providing a summary in not more than five hundred words of the field of research covered by these works. A candidate shall send with the application a fee of £582 for the Chest, and two copies of each of the works specified, provided that the Board of Graduate Studies may, subject to the concurrence of the Degree Committee, allow a candidate to submit only one copy. All the works submitted shall, apart from quotations, be written in English unless in a particular case the Degree Committee have allowed a candidate to submit material in some other language.

4. Each application shall be forwarded by the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies to the Degree Committee, who shall give preliminary consideration to the application and shall determine whether the works submitted constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree; the Committee may appoint an Assessor to assist them in the matter.

5. In considering an application from a candidate under Regulation 2(b) or 2(c), the Committee shall satisfy themselves

  1. (a)that the candidate possesses a competent knowledge of Christian theology;
  2. (b)that the quality and quantity of the work submitted are not less than would have been required from a candidate under Regulation 2(a) in respect of the consecutive submissions for the B.D. and D.D. Degrees.
Referees.

6. If the Committee decide that the work or works submitted do not constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall communicate the decision to the candidate. In such a case £510 out of the fee of £582 paid by the candidate under Regulation 3 shall be returned.

7. If the Committee decide that the work or works submitted do constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, they shall appoint not less than two persons to act as Referees. Each Referee shall submit an independent written report on the works specified in the candidate's application; these reports shall be treated as confidential documents.

Approval for degree.

8. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are satisfied that the candidate's work is of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees.

9. If the Board of Graduate Studies after receiving such a communication resolve that the degree should be conferred, the Secretary of the Board shall publish the name of the candidate as approved for the degree of Doctor of Divinity. Such a resolution shall not be valid unless passed with the concurrence of the votes, cast at a meeting, of eight members of the Board.

10. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are of the opinion that the candidate's work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

Candidate not to be present.

11. No candidate for a degree shall be present at the deliberations either of the Committee or of the Board of Graduate Studies respecting his or her own case.

Payments.

12. Each Referee shall receive a fee of £175. An Assessor appointed under Regulation 4 shall receive a fee of £42. If an Assessor is subsequently appointed a Referee the fee of £42 shall form part of the fee of £175 due to him or her as a Referee. The Board of Graduate Studies may approve the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by Referees in the execution of their duties.

13. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

DEGREES IN EDUCATION

Master of Education

Candidature.

1. A candidate for the M.Ed. Examination must be approved by the Faculty Board of Education, who shall assign to each candidate a date of commencement of candidature.

2. The Faculty Board may approve as a candidate for the M.Ed. Examination any student who has satisfied the Board that by reason of previous study he or she is qualified to engage in postgraduate work in Education.

3. Applications for approval under Regulation 2 shall be sent to the Secretary of the Faculty Board so as to arrive not later than 31 March next preceding the date on which the applicant wishes his or her candidature to begin, provided that the Board shall have power to consider applications submitted after that date.

Conditions for pursuing course.

4. A candidate for the M.Ed. Examination shall pursue in the University, under the direction of a Supervisor appointed by the Faculty Board of Education, a course of study which shall extend over a period of two academical years. The Faculty Board may allow a candidate to intermit his or her course for not more than six terms, which terms shall not count for any purpose of these regulations. No student's name shall appear on the list of successful candidates for the M.Ed. Examination unless the Head of the Department of Education is satisfied that the student has diligently attended the course.

Supervisor's reports.

5. Every Supervisor shall send to the Secretary of the Faculty Board at least once in each term a written report on the work of each student who is studying for the M.Ed. Examination under his or her direction.

Notice of subjects.

6. The Faculty Board of Education shall announce not later than the end of the Easter Term each year the subjects to be covered in the course during the academical year next but one following; provided that the Board shall have the power of subsequently issuing amendments if they have due reason for doing so and if they are satisfied that no student's preparation for the examination is adversely affected.

Supplementary regulations.

7. The Faculty Board of Education shall have power to issue supplementary regulations determining the scope and manner of assessment of the examination, and shall be empowered to amend such supplementary regulations from time to time as they may think fit, due care being taken that sufficient notice is given of any change.

Examiners and Assessors.

8. The Faculty Board shall nominate for each academical year such number of Examiners and Assessors as they may deem sufficient, including a resident member of the Senate as Chairman of Examiners.

M.Ed. Examination.

9. The M.Ed. Examination shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of either Option A or Option B, as follows:

Option A

The examination shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 30,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Faculty Board.

The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Option B

The examination shall consist of:

  1. (i)a thesis of between 15,000 and 20,000 words in length excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Faculty Board;
  2. (ii)two essays each of at least 6,000 and not more than 6,500 words in length (or the equivalent thereof), on topics approved by the Faculty Board and falling within fields of study specified by the Board.

The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and the essays, and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall, save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Class-list.

10. The names of the candidates who have satisfied the Examiners shall be arranged in alphabetical order in a single class.

Fee.

11. While studying in the University for the M.Ed. Examination, a candidate shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each term of such study.

12. A student who has satisfactorily completed the course and has satisfied the Examiners in the M.Ed. Examination shall be entitled to proceed to the degree of M.Ed.

Relation to courses of research.

13. A student who has taken the M.Ed. Examination, and who is subsequently admitted as a Graduate Student registered for the degree of Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt., may be permitted to seek exemption from terms of research for that degree under the provisions of Regulation 1(a) of the regulations for those degrees.

14. Notwithstanding the provision of Regulation 4, the Faculty Board of Education shall have power to permit a candidate who has attained an appropriate standard of postgraduate study to follow a course of study leading to the award of the Master of Education extending over a period of one academical year.

Doctor of Education

Grace 7 of 13 January 2010

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Education a candidate shall be required satisfactorily to complete a course of training prescribed for that degree and provide evidence of a significant original contribution to study in the field of education.

Conditions of pursuing course.

2. Subject to clauses (a)–(c) below, a Graduate Student registered for the degree of Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) shall pursue in the University, and such other places as the Board of Graduate Studies and the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Education shall determine, a part-time course of training and research under supervision for not less than fifteen terms.

The number of terms shall begin with the term from which the student is registered as a candidate for the degree and shall be consecutive except in so far as the student may have been allowed to intermit her or his course under clause (a) below, or except in so far as the Board may have determined that he or she shall not be allowed to count any particular term towards the requirements for the Degree.

  1. (a)The Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Education, may exempt from up to five terms of her or his course a student who is registered as a candidate for the Ed.D. Degree, provided that before admission as a Graduate Student he or she had been engaged
  2. either(i)in full-time or part-time research
  3. or(ii)in other work done after graduation deemed by the Degree Committee and the Board to have provided satisfactory training for the course of research in question.
  4. (b)On account of illness or other sufficient cause, the Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee, may allow a student to intermit her or his course for one or more terms. Such terms shall not count for any purpose of these regulations except as provided in Regulation 7 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.
  5. (c)On the recommendation of the Degree Committee, the Board may allow a student who has been approved for, and may have proceeded to, the M.Ed. Degree, or the M.Phil., or M.St., or M.Res. Degree in an appropriate subject to count not more than five terms towards her or his course.
Application for dispensation.

Every application for a dispensation under clauses (a)–(c) shall be made in writing to the Secretary of the Board, and shall be accompanied by a written opinion from the applicant’s Supervisor.

3. On the recommendation of the Board, the Council may grant to a Graduate Student in respect of work done in the University before matriculation, if the student’s matriculation was delayed for sufficient cause, an allowance of terms not exceeding five in number, towards the minimum of fifteen terms required to be kept under Regulation 2.

4. The Board may grant to a Graduate Student, after considering an application supported by the student’s Tutor, up to five terms of research towards satisfying the requirements of Regulation 2, on account of illness or other grave cause. For every term so allowed the student shall pay the appropriate fee as prescribed in Regulation 11 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Requirements.

5. In order to be registered as a candidate for the degree, a Graduate Student must have completed, to the satisfaction of the Board and the Degree Committee, such course-work, undertaken either in the University or at such other place as may have been approved for this purpose, as the Board and Degree Committee may have specified.

Supervision.

6. The course of training and research shall be conducted under such supervisory arrangements as the Board and the Degree Committee shall specify. The Board and the Degree Committee shall satisfy themselves that, during the periods when a student is working outside the University, appropriate arrangements for supervision and for reporting on the student’s progress are in place.

Ed.D. examination.

7. The examination for the degree of Ed.D. shall consist of:

  1. (a)the submission of a dissertation embodying the results of the candidate’s approved course of research, which shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 8–10,
  2. (b)an examination, conducted orally or in writing, on the subject of the dissertation and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, provided that in exceptional circumstances, and on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, the Board may dispense with such an examination.
Dissertation.

8. A candidate may submit her or his dissertation not earlier than the first day of the term during which he or she expects to complete the requirements of Regulation 2, provided that, and not later than the last day of the seventh year after he or she was registered, with the permission of the Board, a dissertation may be submitted later than that day. An allowance of terms made by the Council under Regulation 3 shall count in calculating the standing of a student for the purpose of this regulation.

9. In submitting their dissertations, candidates shall state, generally in a preface and specifically in notes or in a bibliography, the sources from which their information is derived, the extent to which they have availed themselves of the work of others, and the portions of the dissertation which are claimed as original. They shall also be required to declare that the dissertation submitted is not substantially the same as any that they may have submitted for a degree or diploma or similar qualification. The work, apart from quotations, shall be written in English. Candidates shall also submit a statement by those responsible for their supervision certifying the conditions under which each candidate’s work was undertaken.

10. Two copies of each candidate’s dissertation, accompanied by the statement referred to in Regulation 9 and three copies of a summary of about 300 words in length, shall be sent to the Secretary of the Board, who shall forward the copies and two copies of the summary to the Secretary of the Degree Committee. In special circumstances the Board, after consulting the Degree Committee, may allow a candidate to submit one copy only of the dissertation. The dissertation shall be referred to two Examiners, appointed by the Degree Committee. Neither of the Examiners shall have been the candidate’s Supervisor. Each Examiner shall make an independent report on the dissertation to the Degree Committee. The two Examiners shall jointly conduct the oral examination specified for the dissertation under Regulation 7(b), and shall sign a joint certificate of the result. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendations or if for any other reason the Degree Committee or the Board need a further opinion or opinions on the merit of the work submitted, the Degree Committee may appoint an additional Examiner or additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner shall be appointed without leave of the Board. Each additional Examiner so appointed shall make an independent report on the dissertation to the Degree Committee.

11. If a candidate fails to satisfy the Examiners in the oral examination specified for the dissertation under Regulation 7(b), the Degree Committee may permit the candidate to be re-examined by the same Examiners. Permission so given shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board and shall not be given on more than one occasion. Each Examiner who takes part in an examination under this regulation shall be paid a fee of £42 in addition to any fees to which he or she may be entitled under Regulation 12, and may also claim travelling expenses in accordance with the provisions of that regulation.

Payments to Examiners.

12. Each Examiner shall receive a fee from the Chest. Such a fee shall be £135 if the Examiner takes part in the oral examination specified for the dissertation under Regulation 7(b), or £100 if the Examiner does not so take part, either because the Board, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, have dispensed with the oral examination or for any other reason. Examiners may claim travelling expenses, on terms and conditions specified by the Board if their place of residence is more than ten miles from Great St Mary’s Church or if an oral examination or a consultation between the Examiners is for good reason held outside Cambridge. The Board may also approve payment of other reasonable expenses incurred by an Examiner in connection with the execution of her or his duties. A subsistence allowance may be claimed by Examiners at rates determined from time to time by the Finance Committee of the Council, provided that payment may be made only in respect of a day or a night on which the Examiner’s absence from her or his normal place of residence in connection with the execution of her or his duties is necessary. The travelling expenses of a candidate who is required to travel to an oral examination outside Cambridge may be paid in whole or in part, at rates determined by the Board; such a candidate may also claim a subsistence allowance at rates determined from time to time by the Finance Committee, under the same conditions as apply to the Examiners.

Approval for Ed.D. Degree.

13. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee are satisfied that the candidate’s work is of the requisite standard for the degree, a recommendation of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. If the Board, after receiving such communication, at a meeting at which not less than five members are present, resolve that the candidate be approved for the Ed.D. Degree, the Secretary of the Board shall publish a notice of the candidate’s approval for the award of the Degree.

Revised dissertation.

14. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee consider that the candidate’s dissertation is not of the requisite standard for the degree, the Board may, at a meeting at which no less than five members are present, permit the candidate to submit a revised dissertation, but they shall not do so unless the Degree Committee have expressly recommended that such permission be given. The communication conveying such a recommendation by a Degree Committee shall contain the names of those present and voting on either side, and shall be accompanied by the reports of the Examiners. A candidate shall not be allowed to submit a revised dissertation on more than one occasion.

Approval for M.Litt. Degree in lieu.

15. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee consider that the candidate’s work is not of the standard requisite for the Ed.D. Degree, but that it is of the standard requisite for the M.Litt. Degree, their recommendation to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. If after receiving such communication the Board decide, at a meeting at which not less than five members are present, that the candidate could properly be approved for the award of the lower degree, the Secretary of the Board shall ask the candidate whether he or she is willing to be approved for the award of the M.Litt. Degree. Subject to the candidate’s agreement being received by the Secretary not later than the last day of the term following the term or vacation in which the decision on her or his candidature was made, the Board shall approve the candidate for the award of that degree and the Secretary shall publish a notice of such approval. The Board may, in exceptional circumstances, which they shall themselves determine, accept a candidate’s agreement at a later date.

Deciding authority.

16. The Board shall be the deciding authority on all recommendations communicated to them by Degree Committees that candidates be approved for the award of the Ed.D. or M.Litt. Degree or that they be allowed to submit revised dissertations. The Board shall not approve a candidate for the award of a degree unless the Degree Committee have recommended the award of that degree; before refusing an award so recommended they shall give a representative appointed by the Degree Committee an opportunity of explaining the Committee’s reasons for their recommendation.

Unsuccessful candidate to be informed.

17. If after considering the reports of the Examiners the Degree Committee resolve that a candidate’s work is not of the requisite standard for any degree, and if they do not recommend that the candidate be allowed to submit a revised dissertation, their resolution to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

Copy of dissertation for Library.

18. Before being admitted to a degree, a student shall deposit with the Secretary of the Board one copy of her or his dissertation and two copies of the summary, in a form approved by the Board. The Secretary shall deposit the copy of the dissertation together with one copy of the summary in the University Library, where they shall be available for consultation and for the making of copies for inter-library loan purposes, unless the Board determine that they shall, for a period specified by the Board, be available only to the author or to those who have the author’s written permission to consult the material. The summary shall be available for copying and publication at the discretion of the Board.

DEGREES IN ENGINEERING

Master of Engineering

Amended by Grace 3 of 24 February 2010

On completing the requisite number of terms,7 a student who has obtained honours in Part IIb of the Chemical Engineering Tripos or in Part IIb of the Engineering Tripos or in Part II of the Manufacturing Engineering Tripos or in Part III of the Computer Science Tripos shall be entitled to proceed to the M.Eng. Degree.

Doctor of Engineering

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Engineering a candidate shall be required satisfactorily to complete a course of training prescribed for that degree and provide evidence of a significant original contribution to study in the field of engineering.

Conditions for pursuing course.

2. Subject to clauses (a)–(c) below, a Graduate Student registered for the degree of Doctor of Engineering (Eng.D.) shall pursue in the University, and such other places as the Board of Graduate Studies and the Degree Committee concerned shall determine, a course of training and research under supervision for not less than twelve terms.

The number of terms shall begin with the term from which the student is registered as a candidate for the degree and shall be consecutive except in so far as the student may have been allowed to intermit his or her course under clause (b) below, or except in so far as the Board may have determined that he or she shall not be allowed to count any particular term towards the requirements for the degree.

  1. (a)The Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, may allow a Graduate Student to spend all but three terms of his or her course as a candidate for a degree, or any lesser number of terms, working under supervision outside the University under conditions approved by the Degree Committee and the Board.
  2. (b)On account of illness or other sufficient cause, the Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, may allow a Graduate Student to intermit his or her course of research for one or more terms. Such terms shall not count for any purpose of these regulations except as provided in Regulation 7 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.
  3. (c)A student who is qualified to receive, but who has not received, a Certificate of Postgraduate Study in a subject intended as preparation for the Eng.D. Degree may be allowed to count not more than three terms of the period during which he or she was a candidate for the Certificate concerned towards the Degree.
Application for dispensation.

Every application for a dispensation under clauses (a)(c) shall be made in writing to the Secretary of the Board, and shall be accompanied by a written opinion from the applicant's Supervisor.

3. On the recommendation of the Board, the Council may grant to a Graduate Student in respect of work done in the University before matriculation, if the student's matriculation was delayed for sufficient cause, an allowance of terms not exceeding three in number, towards the minimum of three terms required to be kept under Regulation 7 for the Precincts of the University and residence for full-time study leading to the Eng.D. Degree.

4. The Board may grant to a Graduate Student, after considering an application supported by the student's Tutor, one or two terms of research towards satisfying the requirements of Regulation 2, on account of illness or other grave cause. For every term so allowed the student shall pay the appropriate fee as prescribed in Regulation 11 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Requirements.

5. In order to be registered as a candidate for the Degree, a Graduate Student must have completed, to the satisfaction of the Board and the Degree Committee concerned, such course-work, undertaken either in the University or at such other place as may have been approved for this purpose, as the Board and Degree Committee may have specified.

Supervision.

6. The course of training and research shall be conducted under such supervisory arrangements as the Board and the Degree Committee concerned shall specify. The Board and the Degree Committee shall satisfy themselves that, during the periods when a student is working outside the University, appropriate arrangements for supervision and for reporting on the student's progress are in place.

Eng.D. examination.

7. The examination for the degree of Eng.D. shall consist of:

  1. (a)such course-work as the Board and the Degree Committee concerned shall specify;
  2. (b)the submission of a dissertation embodying the results of the candidate's approved course of research, which shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 8–9; in place of a dissertation, a candidate may, by special permission of the Board and the Degree Committee concerned, submit a portfolio of work of equivalent length;
  3. (c)an examination, conducted orally, on the subject of the dissertation, and the general field of knowledge within which it falls, provided that in exceptional circumstances, and on the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned, the Board may dispense with such an examination.
Dissertation.

8. A candidate may submit his or her dissertation not earlier than the first day of the term during which he or she expects to complete the requirements of Regulation 2 and not later than the last day of the vacation following the twelfth term after that in which the student was registered as a candidate for the degree, provided that, with the permission of the Board, a dissertation may be submitted later than that day. An allowance of terms made by the Council under Regulation 3 shall count in calculating the standing of a student for the purpose of this regulation.

9. In submitting their dissertations, candidates shall state, generally in a preface and specifically in notes or in a bibliography, the sources from which their information is derived, the extent to which they have availed themselves of the work of others, and the portions of the dissertation which are claimed as original. They shall also be required to declare that the dissertation submitted is not substantially the same as any that they may have submitted for a degree or diploma or similar qualification. The work, apart from quotations, shall be written in English. Each Degree Committee shall have power to specify a maximum length for dissertations submitted by students working under its supervision. Candidates will also submit a statement by those responsible for their supervision certifying the conditions under which each candidate's work was undertaken.

10. Two copies of each candidate's dissertation, accompanied by the statement referred to in Regulation 9 and three copies of a summary of about 300 words in length, shall be sent to the Secretary of the Board, who shall forward the copies and two copies of the summary to the Secretary of the Degree Committee concerned. In special circumstances the Board, after consulting the Degree Committee, may allow a candidate to submit one copy only of the dissertation. The dissertation shall be referred to two Examiners, appointed by the Degree Committee. Neither of the Examiners shall have been the candidate's Supervisor. Each Examiner shall make an independent report on it to the Degree Committee. The two Examiners shall jointly conduct the oral examination specified in Regulation 7(c), and shall sign a joint certificate of the result. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendations or if for any other reason the Degree Committee or the Board need a further opinion or opinions on the merit of the work submitted, the Degree Committee may appoint an additional Examiner or additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner shall be appointed without leave of the Board. Each additional Examiner so appointed shall make an independent report on the dissertation to the Degree Committee.

11. If a candidate fails to satisfy the Examiners in the oral examination specified in Regulation 7(c), the Degree Committee may permit the candidate to be re-examined by the same Examiners. Permission so given shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board and shall not be given on more than one occasion. Each Examiner who takes part in an examination under this regulation shall be paid a fee of £42 in addition to any fees to which he or she may be entitled under Regulation 12, and may also claim travelling expenses in accordance with the provisions of that regulation.

Payments to Examiners.

12. Each Examiner shall receive a fee from the Chest. Such a fee shall be £135 if the Examiner takes part in the oral examination specified in Regulation 7(c), or £100 if the Examiner does not so take part, either because the Board, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, have dispensed with the oral examination or for any other reason. Examiners may claim travelling expenses, on terms and conditions specified by the Board if their place of residence is more than ten miles from Great St Mary's Church or if an oral examination or a consultation between the Examiners is for good reason held outside Cambridge. The Board may also approve payment of other reasonable expenses incurred by an Examiner in connection with the execution of his or her duties. A subsistence allowance may be claimed by Examiners at rates determined from time to time by the Finance Committee of the Council, provided that payment may be made only in respect of a day or a night on which the Examiner's absence from his or her normal place of residence in connection with the execution of his or her duties is necessary. The travelling expenses of a candidate who is required to travel to an oral examination outside Cambridge may be paid in whole or in part, at rates determined by the Board; such a candidate may also claim a subsistence allowance at rates determined from time to time by the Finance Committee, under the same conditions as apply to the Examiners.

Approval for Eng.D. Degree.

13. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners on the examinations specified in Regulation 7, the Degree Committee are satisfied that the student's work is of the requisite standard for the degree, a recommendation of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. If the Board, after receiving such communication, at a meeting at which not less than five members are present, resolve that the candidate be approved for the Eng.D. Degree, the Secretary of the Board shall publish a notice of the candidate's approval for the award of the Degree.

Revised dissertation.

14. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee consider that a student's dissertation is not of the requisite standard for the degree, the Board may, at a meeting at which no less than five members are present, permit the student to submit a revised dissertation, but they shall not do so unless the Degree Committee have expressly recommended that such permission be given. The communication conveying such a recommendation by a Degree Committee shall contain the names of those present and voting on either side, and shall be accompanied by the reports of the Examiners. A student shall not be allowed to submit a revised dissertation on more than one occasion.

Approval for M.Sc. Degree in lieu.

15. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee consider that a student's work is not of the standard requisite for the Eng.D. Degree, but that it is of the standard requisite for the M.Sc. Degree, their recommendation to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. If after receiving such communication the Board decide, at a meeting at which not less than five members are present, that the candidate could properly be approved for the award of the lower degree, the Secretary of the Board shall ask the candidate whether he or she is willing to be approved for the award of the M.Sc. Degree. Subject to the candidate's agreement being received by the Secretary not later than the last day of the term following the term or vacation in which the decision on his or her candidature was made, the Board shall approve the candidate for the award of that degree and the Secretary shall publish a notice of such approval. The Board may, in exceptional circumstances, which they shall themselves determine, accept a candidate's agreement at a later date.

Deciding authority.

16. The Board shall be the deciding authority on all recommendations communicated to them by Degree Committees that candidates be approved for the award of the Eng.D. or M.Sc. Degree or that they be allowed to submit revised dissertations. The Board shall not approve a candidate for the award of a degree unless the Degree Committee have recommended the award of that degree; before refusing an award so recommended they shall give a representative appointed by the Degree Committee an opportunity of explaining the Committee's reasons for their recommendation.

Unsuccessful candidate to be informed.

17. If after considering the reports of the Examiners the Degree Committee resolve that a candidate's work is not of the requisite standard for any degree, and if they do not recommend that the candidate be allowed to submit a revised dissertation, their resolution to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

Copy of dissertation for Library.

18. Before being admitted to a degree, a student shall deposit with the Secretary of the Board one copy of his or her dissertation and two copies of the summary, in a form approved by the Board. The Secretary shall deposit the copy of the dissertation together with one copy of the summary in the University Library, where they shall be available for consultation and for the making of copies for inter-library loan purposes, unless the Board determine that they shall, for a period specified by the Board, be available only to the author or to those who have the author's written permission to consult the material. The summary shall be available for copying and publication at the discretion of the Board.

MASTER OF FINANCE

Candidature.

1. A candidate for the Master of Finance Examination must be approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management.

2. The Degree Committee may approve as a candidate for the Master of Finance Examination any student who has satisfied the Committee that by reason of previous study he or she is qualified to engage in postgraduate work in Finance.

3. Applications for approval under Regulation 2 shall be sent to the Secretary of the Degree Committee so as to arrive not later than 31 March next preceding the date on which the applicant wishes his or her candidature to begin, provided that the Committee shall have power to consider applications submitted after that date.

4. A candidate for the Master of Finance examination shall pursue in the University a course of study extending over three terms.

5. The Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of subjects in Finance for the academical year next following. The list shall be divided into two groups, Group 1 (core subjects) and Group 2 (specialist subjects).

Examination.

6. The Master of Finance Examination shall consist of three sections, as follows:

  1. (a)Written papers
  2.  Written papers, each of three hours’ duration, prescribed by the Faculty Board of Business and Management. Each candidate will be required to take no fewer than two written papers on subjects from Group 1.
  3. (b)Course-work
  4.  Such course-work as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board from time to time.
  5. (c)Project work
  6.  One or more reports on project work, which shall be submitted in such form and assessed in such manner as the Faculty Board may determine.

The Examiners shall have power to examine a candidate viva voce on any or all of the three sections of the examination (a)–(c).

Supplementary regulations.

7. The Faculty Board shall have power to issue supplementary regulations determining the scope and manner of assessment of the examination, and shall be empowered to amend such supplementary regulations from time to time as they may think fit, due care being taken that sufficient notice is given of any change.

Examiners and Assessors.

8. The Faculty Board shall nominate such number of Examiners and Assessors as they may deem sufficient, including a resident member of the Senate as Chairman of Examiners.

Class-list.

9. The names of candidates who satisfy the Examiners shall be arranged in alphabetical order in a single class. The Chairman of Examiners shall communicate the marks of all candidates to the Registrary.

Fee.

10. While following the course of study leading to the Master of Finance Examination a student shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee.

11. A student who has completed the course of study and has satisfied the Examiners in the Master of Finance Examination shall be entitled to proceed to the Master of Finance Degree.

Relation to courses of research.

12. A student who has taken the Master of Finance Examination shall not be entitled to count any part of the period during which he or she has been a candidate for that examination towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt.

DEGREES IN LAW

Master of Law

LL.M. Examination

Scheme of examination.

1. The LL.M. Examination shall comprise not more than thirty-five subjects, prescribed by the Faculty Board of Law, which may include a seminar paper, to be assessed by thesis only, and which shall include not less than four subjects that fall within each of the following fields:

Commercial law

European law

International law.

2. (a) Before the end of the Easter Term each year the Faculty Board shall announce the subjects prescribed for the examination to be held in the academical year next following, and shall give notice of the form of the examination for each subject, which shall be:

  1. either(i)a written paper of three hours’ duration,
  2. or(ii)a written paper of two hours’ duration together with the submission of an essay of not more than 7,000 words, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Faculty Board which falls within the field of the subject;

provided that in any subject specified by the Faculty Board candidates shall have a free choice between the two forms of examination (i) and (ii).

(b) At the same time, the Faculty Board shall prescribe and give notice of those subjects, if any, which will be assessed by examination only.

(c) At the same time, if a seminar paper is one of the subjects prescribed under Regulation 1 for the academical year next following, the Faculty Board shall prescribe and give notice of those courses (not exceeding six in number) in which seminars are to be held that year.

3. (a) The Faculty Board shall have power to restrict candidates’ choice of subjects, and their choice of questions within a written paper; any such restriction shall be announced not later than the second Friday of the Full Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination.

(b) Courses prescribed by the Faculty Board under Regulation 2(c) shall be published in the Reporter before the end of the Long Vacation period of residence next preceding the academical year in which those courses are to be conducted. Any such course prescribed by the Faculty Board may be withdrawn by the Board upon notice given in the Reporter within the first three weeks of Full Michaelmas Term in the academical year in which the course was to have been conducted. Each candidate who has applied to take part in a course so withdrawn shall be informed of its withdrawal by the Secretary of the Faculty Board.

4. (a) Each candidate shall offer:

  1. (i)four subjects prescribed for examination under Regulation 2(a), or
  2. (ii)three subjects prescribed for examination under Regulation 2(a) and a thesis in lieu of another subject which is prescribed under Regulation 2(a), but not prescribed under Regulation 2(b), provided that the title of the thesis has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 9; or
  3. (iii)in a year where the seminar paper is offered, three subjects prescribed for examination under Regulation 2(a) and the seminar paper, provided the title of the thesis by which the seminar paper is to be assessed has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 9.

(b) A thesis offered under Regulation 4(a)(ii) or (a)(iii) shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 9 and 10.

Requirements.

5. A candidate for the LL.M. Examination

  1. (a)must be approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law, who shall assign to each candidate a date of commencement of candidature;
  2. and
  3. (b)shall pursue in the University a course of study prescribed by the Degree Committee, which shall extend over three terms;

provided that a student shall be entitled to be a candidate for the LL.M. Examination without satisfying requirements (a) and (b) of this regulation if he or she has proceeded to the B.A. Degree and

  1. either(i)obtained honours, or attained the honours standard, in Part I of the Law Tripos before 1980 or in Part Ib or Part II before 1989,
  2. or(ii)was before 1 October 1987 called to the Bar or admitted as a solicitor in England and Wales or in Ireland, or admitted as an advocate or a law agent in Scotland.

6. The Degree Committee may approve as a candidate for the LL.M. Examination any student who has satisfied the Committee that by reason of previous study of law he or she is qualified to engage in postgraduate study of law at an advanced level.

In giving approval the Committee may require a student

  1. (a)to obtain such class or grade as they may think fit in any examination taken or to be taken by the student;
  2. (b)to be a candidate for the LL.M. Examination in a particular year specified by the Committee.

7. A student whose candidature has been approved under Regulation 6 may be a candidate for the LL.M. Examination provided that he or she has kept two terms at least at the time of the examination.

Restrictions.

8. No student shall be a candidate for the LL.M. Examination on more than one occasion, or for the LL.M. Examination and another University examination in the same term.

Essay or thesis.

9. (a) A candidate who intends to offer an essay under Regulation 2(a)(ii) or a thesis under Regulation 4(a)(ii) or (iii) shall submit the title of the proposed essay or thesis, together with a statement of the subjects he or she intends to offer in the LL.M. Examination, to the Secretary of the Faculty Board no later than the third Friday of the Full Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination.

(b) A candidate may only offer such an essay or thesis if the Faculty Board has approved its title. The Faculty Board shall approve such a title, or reject the candidate's application to offer such an essay or thesis, as soon as practicable following the third Friday of the Full Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination, and in any event no later than the end of that Full Term. The Faculty Board shall promptly communicate to a candidate any decision made under this paragraph.

(c) The Faculty Board shall only approve the proposed title for a thesis under Regulation 4(a)(ii) if it is, in the opinion of the Board, within the scope of a subject prescribed for examination under Regulation 2(a) for the academical year in question.

(d) The Faculty Board shall only approve the proposed title for a thesis under Regulation 4(a)(iii) if it is, in the opinion of the Board, within the scope of a seminar course prescribed under Regulation 2(c) for the academical year in question.

(e) Without prejudice to any other power of the Faculty Board, it may reject a candidate's application to offer a thesis under Regulation 4(a)(ii) or (a)(iii) having regard respectively to the number of candidates who have applied to offer a thesis in lieu of a particular paper, or to the number of candidates on a particular seminar course.

(f) The Faculty Board shall not, save in exceptional circumstances, approve a title for a thesis under Regulation 4(a)(ii) or (a)(iii) if the proposed title falls within the scope of any of the subjects which the candidate in question is offering for the LL.M. Examination.

(g) When the Faculty Board has approved the title of an essay or thesis, no change shall be made to it, or to the candidate's scheme of subjects offered, without the further approval of the Board.

(h) A candidate for the LL.M. Examination shall submit any essay or thesis he or she is offering to the Secretary of the Faculty Board no later than 1 May next preceding that examination. A candidate who submits an essay or thesis to the Secretary of the Faculty Board after this date may be penalized by the Examiners of the LL.M. Examination.

(i) Any essay or thesis submitted shall be computer- or type-written.

10. A thesis offered under Regulation 4(a)(ii) or (a)(iii)

  1. (a)shall be prefaced by a declaration signed by the candidate that it represents his or her own work unaided except as may be specified in the declaration, and that the work has been done during the current academical year, and
  2. (b)shall contain a statement of, or notes on, the sources from which the thesis is derived, including any written work which the candidate has previously submitted or is concurrently submitting for any other degree, diploma, or similar qualification at any university or similar institution.

A thesis shall not without leave of the Faculty Board exceed 18,000 words including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography. Such leave may be sought no later than fourteen days before the date specified in Regulation 9(h). The Faculty Board shall have power to designate the subject of a thesis as a subject in one of the fields specified in Regulation 1.

11. A candidate who offers an essay under Regulation 2(a)(ii) or a thesis under Regulation 4(a)(ii) or (a)(iii) may be called for viva voce examination in connection with such essay or thesis.

Class-list.

12. The names of the candidates who satisfy the Examiners for the LL.M. Examination shall be arranged in three classes, of which the second shall be divided into two divisions. The names in the first and third classes and in each division of the second class shall be arranged in alphabetical order. A mark of distinction shall be affixed to the names of those students placed in the first class whose work is of special merit. The class-list shall indicate those candidates who have satisfied the Examiners in not less than three subjects, or two subjects and a thesis, in one of the fields specified in Regulation 1. In any case where a candidate offers a combination of papers (including any thesis designated as falling within a particular field under Regulation 10 above) whereby, under the foregoing provision, the class-list could indicate that the candidate has satisfied the Examiners in one of two or more of the fields specified in Regulation 1, that candidate may give notice that he or she wishes the Examiners to indicate that he or she has satisfied them in a stated field only. Any such notice shall be given by letter to the Secretary of the Faculty Board no later than 1 May of the Easter Term in which the candidate concerned takes the LL.M. Examination. If a candidate gives notice pursuant to the preceding provisions, and satisfies the Examiners in a sufficient number of papers (including any thesis) falling within the field indicated by the candidate, the class-list shall indicate that he or she has so satisfied the Examiners. If a candidate who is eligible to do so does not give notice in accordance with the preceding provisions, the class-list shall (a) if the candidate is classed and satisfies the Examiners in one field under Regulation 1, indicate that he or she has so satisfied the Examiners; or (b) if the candidate is classed and satisfies them in two or more fields under Regulation 1, indicate that he or she has satisfied them in whichever of those fields is indicated by a letter earlier in the alphabet than any other such letter.

Examiners.
Assessors.

13. Examiners for the LL.M. Examination shall be nominated by the Faculty Board of Law; provided that if there is any candidate in International Law one of the Examiners shall be the Whewell Professor or a deputy nominated by the Whewell Professor. The Faculty Board shall nominate such number of Examiners as they shall deem sufficient. A lecturer conducting a seminar course prescribed under Regulation 2(c) shall, if not an Examiner, be an Assessor for the LL.M. and shall report to the Examiners a mark for each candidate in that course (equivalent to the mark for a paper in the examination) based upon his or her assessment of the candidate's thesis. The provisions of the regulations for the Law Tripos relating to the appointment and duties of Assessors shall apply mutatis mutandis to the LL.M. Examination.

LL.M. Degree

Conditions.

14. On completing the requisite number of terms,8 a student who has satisfied the Examiners for the LL.M. Examination shall be entitled to proceed to the LL.M. Degree; provided that, if the student's course of study for the LL.M. Examination has included any term needed for the B.A. Degree, and if the student elects to proceed to the latter degree, he or she shall not be eligible also to proceed to the LL.M. Degree.

Fee.

15. A student who is a candidate for the LL.M. Examination after having been admitted to the B.A. Degree but who has not paid a University Composition Fee for any term since completing the requirements for that degree shall pay a fee of £60 on entering for the LL.M. Examination, but no further fee shall be payable by such a student for admission to the LL.M. Degree or to the M.A. Degree.

Doctor of Law

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Law a candidate shall be required to give proof of distinction by some original contribution to the advancement of the science or study of law.

Standing of candidates.

2. Any person may be a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Law who is a graduate of the University and who

  1. either(a)is of not less than eight years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of the University,
  2. or(b)is of not less than eight years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of some other university and has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation.
Method of application.

3. A candidate for the degree shall apply in writing to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, specifying the works on which his or her claim to the degree is based and providing a summary in not more than 500 words of the field of research covered by these works. A candidate shall send with the application a fee of £582 for the Chest, and two copies of each of the works specified, provided that the Board of Graduate Studies may, subject to the concurrence of the Degree Committee, allow a candidate to submit only one copy. All the works submitted shall, apart from quotations, be written in English unless in a particular case the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law have allowed a candidate to submit material in some other language. A substantial part of the material submitted must have been published and the remainder must be printed or typewritten.

Preliminary consideration.

4. Each application shall be forwarded by the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies to the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law, who shall give preliminary consideration to the application and shall determine whether the works submitted constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree; the Committee may appoint an Assessor to assist them in the matter.

5. If the Committee decide that the works submitted do not constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall communicate the decision to the candidate. In such a case £510 out of the fee of £582 paid by the candidate under Regulation 3 shall be returned.

Referees.

6. If the Committee decide that the works submitted do constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, they shall appoint not less than two persons to act as Referees. Each Referee shall submit an independent written report on the works specified in the candidate's application; these reports shall be treated as confidential documents.

7. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are satisfied that the candidate's work is of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees.

Approval for degree.

8. If the Board of Graduate Studies after receiving such a communication resolve that the degree should be conferred, the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies shall publish the name of the candidate as approved for the degree of Doctor of Law. Such a resolution shall not be valid unless passed with the concurrence of the votes, cast at a meeting, of eight members of the Board.

9. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are of the opinion that the candidate's work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

Candidate not to be present.

10. No candidate for the degree shall be present at the deliberations either of the Committee or of the Board of Graduate Studies respecting his or her own case.

Payments.

11. Each Referee shall receive a fee of £175. An Assessor appointed under Regulation 4 shall receive a fee of £42. If an Assessor is subsequently appointed a Referee the fee of £42 shall form part of the fee of £175 due to him or her as a Referee. The Board of Graduate Studies may approve the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by Referees in the execution of their duties.

12. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

MASTER OF MATHEMATICS (M.Math.)

A student who has obtained honours in Part III of the Mathematical Tripos shall be entitled to proceed to the M.Math. Degree.

DEGREES IN MEDICINE AND SURGERY

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery

NEW REGULATIONS9

(Revised Regulations)

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery

REVISED REGULATIONS

1. These regulations, which shall be known as the Revised Regulations for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, shall apply to

  1. (a)those students who begin their clinical course any time between 1 September 2003 and 31 December 2004,
  2. and
  3. (b)those students who begin their clinical course any time between 1 September 2002 and 31 December 2004, having undertaken not more than two years of preclinical medical study in the University.10

2. On completing the requisite number of terms,11 a student who has passed in Parts I and II of the Final M.B. Examination as prescribed in these regulations shall be qualified to supplicate for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. The short titles of these degrees shall be M.B., B.Chir.

Definitions.

3. In these regulations unless the context shall require otherwise:

  1. (a)the term Faculty Board shall mean the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine;
  2. (b)the term Regius Professor shall mean the Regius Professor of Physic;
  3. (c)the term instruction shall mean instruction given in the University or elsewhere and may include practical instruction;
  4. (d)the term approved course shall mean a course approved for the purpose of these regulations by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine;
  5. (e)the term year of preclinical medical study shall mean any year of study of not less than three academical terms during which a student has attended any of the approved courses specified in Schedule B to these regulations;
  6. (f)the term approved courses of clinical instruction shall mean courses or placements in the subjects specified below which are held in the University or in such hospital, general medical practice, or other institution associated with the University as the Faculty Board may approve for the purpose of these regulations, and which have been approved by the Faculty Board as courses appropriate to a Part of the Final M.B. Examination:

For Part I:

pathology and epidemiology.

 

For Part II:

obstetrics and gynaecology, medicine, surgery, paediatrics, psychiatry, clinical pharmacology and therapeutics, the care of the elderly, radiology, anaesthetics, general practice, community medicine, ethics, and legal medicine.

  1. (g)the term year of clinical study shall mean a period of twelve consecutive months (including not more than six weeks’ vacation) during which a student has attended full-time approved courses of clinical instruction as defined in Regulation 3(f); for the purpose of this subsection a consecutive period of such attendance which is less than twelve months (including vacation) shall be reckoned as the appropriate fraction of a year of clinical study;
  2. (h)the term evidence shall mean:
  3. (i)during the period of preclinical medical study defined in Regulation 3(e), evidence signed by a University officer in the subject concerned or, in the case of study in another university, by a responsible officer of the university concerned;
  4. (ii)during the period of clinical study defined in Regulation 3(g), evidence signed by the Director of Medical Education or another officer authorized by the Director;
  5. (i)the term satisfactory attendance shall mean attendance which satisfies the Faculty Board;
  6. (j)the term satisfactory performance shall mean performance which satisfies the Director of Medical Education or another officer or officers authorized by the Director;
  7. (k)the term M.B./Ph.D. Programme student shall mean a student who, having been approved by the Faculty Board for admission to a course combining research and clinical instruction in the University, has subsequently been admitted as a Graduate Student by the Board of Graduate Studies;
  8. (l)the term Cambridge Graduate Course Student shall mean a student who holds an Honours Degree of this or a recognized university and has been approved by the Faculty Board for admission to a four-year course in clinical instruction (the Cambridge Graduate Course in Medicine);
  9. (m)the term Medical Students Register shall mean a register of students who are deemed fit to practise medicine. A student may be removed temporarily or permanently from the Register if he or she is deemed no longer a fit person to have the privilege of access to patients. Subject to the powers of the Council and of the General Board and of a Fitness for Medical Practice Appeal Tribunal, the Register shall be maintained by the Faculty Boards of Biology and Clinical Medicine through the Fitness for Medical Practice Committee.
Examinations.

4. There shall be a Second Examination and a Final Examination for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, referred to in these regulations as the Second M.B. Examination and the Final M.B. Examination.

Supplementary regulations.

5. The Faculty Board, after consulting other bodies concerned, shall have power to issue from time to time supplementary regulations defining or limiting all or any of the Parts, subjects, papers, or sections of the Second M.B. Examination or the Final M.B. Examination. Due care shall be taken that sufficient notice is given of any alteration of such supplementary regulations.

Evidence of instruction.

6. Where a candidate for any of the examinations prescribed in these regulations is required by them to produce evidence of instruction or of any other matter, the candidate's entry shall not be considered to have been made earlier than the day on which the Registrary receives that evidence or the last part of it to be submitted.

Premedical requirements.

7. No student shall be a candidate for any subject of the Second M.B. Examination unless he or she has previously satisfied the University's premedical requirements. The premedical requirements, which shall be determined by the Faculty Board, shall be specified in Schedule A to these regulations; the Faculty Board shall have power to amend that Schedule from time to time as they think fit.

8. The Faculty Board shall have power to grant exemption from all or part of the premedical requirements to a student who is deemed by the Board to have attained a satisfactory standard in an examination or examinations approved by the Board for this purpose in an appropriate subject or subjects.

Second M.B. Examination.

9. The subjects of the Second M.B. Examination shall be as follows:

Biology of Disease (BOD)

Functional Architecture of the Body (FAB)

Homeostasis (HOM)

Human Reproduction (HR)

Introduction to the Scientific Basis of Medicine (ISBM)

Mechanisms of Drug Action (MODA)

Medical Sociology (MSOC)

Molecules in Medical Science (MIMS)

Neurobiology with Human Behaviour (NHB)

Preparing for Patients (PFP)

provided that a candidate taking the Cambridge Graduate Course in Medicine shall not be examined in the subject PFP.

(a) The examinations in BOD, FAB, HOM, MIMS, MODA, and NHB shall each consist of a written paper of one hour, which shall contain compulsory short-answer questions (Section I), and a practical examination of two hours (Section II).

(b) The examination in HR shall consist of a written paper of one hour, which shall contain compulsory short-answer questions (Section I), and a practical examination of one hour (Section II).

(c) The examination in MSOC shall consist of a written paper of one hour.

(d) The examination in ISBM shall consist of a written paper of forty-five minutes.

(e) The examinations in PFP shall each consist of the submission of records of such course-work done by candidates as shall be specified from time to time by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine after consultation with the Faculty Board of Biology.

10. The Second M.B. Examination shall be held as follows:

(a) The examinations in BOD, FAB, HOM, HR, MIMS, MODA, and NHB shall be held twice a year, as follows:

  1. (i)in the Easter Term, on the dates prescribed for Part Ia and Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos;12
  2. (ii)in September, beginning on the Monday next but one before the first day of the Michaelmas Term.

(b) The examination in ISBM and MSOC shall be held twice a year on the last day of Full Lent Term and in the week beginning on the Monday next but one before the first day of the Michaelmas Term.

(c) Records of course-work for PFP shall be submitted, in accordance with detailed arrangements approved by the Faculty Board after consultation with the Faculty Board of Biology.

11. A candidate for the Second M.B. Examination shall be required to have diligently attended approved courses of instruction appropriate to the subject or subjects to be offered in the examination. Approved courses recognized for this purpose shall be listed in Schedule C to these regulations; the Faculty Board shall have power to amend this Schedule from time to time as they think fit. The Faculty Board shall have authority to approve for this purpose additional courses offered by a university other than Cambridge, or, in exceptional circumstances, to waive the requirement. The Second M.B. Examination may be taken by an unmatriculated student who has satisfied this requirement and who is certified on behalf of a College to the Registrary to be a bona fide candidate for admission to the College.

No student whose name does not appear on the Medical Students Register shall be a candidate for any subject of the Second M.B. Examination.

Exemption.

12. (a) The Faculty Board shall have power to grant exemption from any subject or subjects of the Second M.B. Examination to a candidate for admission as a clinical student from a university other than Cambridge, provided that the student has satisfied the conditions of Regulation 11 and has attained a satisfactory standard, as prescribed by the Faculty Board, in corresponding subjects taken in an examination for a degree of a university other than Cambridge.

(b) The Faculty Board shall inform the Registrary as early as possible of the names of those candidates who have been granted exemption from any subject or subjects of the Second M.B. Examination and who have satisfied the requirements in Regulation 12(a).

13. A candidate who is unsuccessful in the examination in any subject of the Second M.B. Examination shall be eligible for re-examination, provided that, except by special permission of the Faculty Board granted in exceptional circumstances,

  1. (a)a student who fails to satisfy the Examiners in any subject other than PFP shall not be a candidate for re-examination in that subject later than nine months after his or her first attempt in that subject;
  2. (b)a student whose submission for any course of PFP fails to satisfy the Examiners shall be required to submit a revised report for that course not later than the end of the current academical year;
  3. (c)no student shall be a candidate in any subject on more than two occasions in total.
Final M.B. Examination.

14. The Final M.B. Examination shall consist of two Parts, Parts I and II; Part II shall be divided into five components. Part I shall be held in the Lent Term and in December, and Part II shall be held in June and December, in accordance with the timetable that shall be published by the Board of Examinations, after consultation with the Faculty Board, before the division of the Easter Term each year for the calendar year next following.

15. The Parts of the Final M.B. Examination shall consist of the following components:

Part I: two written papers, one of two hours and one of two hours and twenty minutes, and a practical examination. The Examiners at their discretion may examine any candidate for distinction viva voce.

Part II: three written papers, two of three hours and one of two hours, and two clinical examinations.

In order to satisfy the Examiners a student shall produce evidence of a satisfactory performance in the pelvic examination of gynaecological patients.

16. Before taking either Part of the Final M.B. Examination a student shall

  1. (a)produce evidence of having satisfactorily completed three years of preclinical medical study or provide evidence of having satisfactorily completed the first eighteen months of the Cambridge Graduate Course in Medicine; and
  2. (b)have completed the Second M.B. Examination by having passed all the subjects thereof; and
  3. (c)have obtained a degree deemed appropriate by the Faculty Board, which shall be a degree of this University if the student has undertaken preclinical medical study in the University, and which may otherwise be a degree of a university other than Cambridge.

No student whose name does not appear on the Medical Students Register shall be a candidate for either Part of the Final M.B. Examination.

17. A student who proposes to be a candidate for either Part of the Final M.B. Examination shall produce evidence of having satisfactorily attended the approved courses of clinical instruction appropriate to that Part. Except by permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances, and subject to any conditions determined by them, a course of clinical instruction shall not count towards the requirements of the Final M.B. Examination:

  1. (a)if it began more than one month before the student's completion of the Second M.B. Examination, or more than eight years after the student first took any subject in that Examination or an examination leading to exemption from any subject;
  2. or(b)if it began before the student obtained the degree required under Regulation 16(c) above.

18. (a) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (d)(ii) and Regulation 20 below, Parts I and II of the Final M.B. Examination shall be taken separately;

(b) a student shall not be a candidate for the first time for Part I until at least fourteen months have elapsed since the beginning of the student's course of clinical study;

(c) a student who is a candidate for the first time for Part II shall offer all components;

(d) a student shall not be a candidate for the first time for Part II unless

  1. (i)he or she has completed three years of preclinical medical study in the University or elsewhere, and two years and two months of clinical study in the University or provides evidence of having satisfactorily completed the first eighteen months of the Cambridge Graduate Course in Medicine,

and unless

  1. (ii)the student either has previously passed in Part I or in exceptional circumstances has been granted permission by the Faculty Board to be a candidate for Parts I and II on the same occasion;

(e) except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances, no student shall be a candidate for the first time for Part I later than three years after beginning his or her course of clinical study and no student shall be a candidate for the first time for Part II later than five years after beginning his or her or course of clinical study.

M.B./Ph.D. Programme.

19. The following provisions shall apply to M.B./Ph.D. Programme students:

  1. (a)such a student shall not be a candidate for the first time for Part II unless he or she has completed three years of preclinical medical study in the University or elsewhere, and one year and eight months of clinical study in the University together with such other part-time clinical study as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board;
  2. (b)except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances, such a student shall not be a candidate for the first time for Part II later than eight years after beginning his or her course of study.
Re-examination.

20. If at the first attempt a student fails to satisfy the Examiners in Part I or Part II or in a component of Part II he or she shall be eligible for re-examination in the relevant Part or component under conditions set by the Faculty Board, taking them separately or together, provided that

  1. (a)a candidate for re-examination in Part II
  2. (i)shall already have passed in Part I unless in exceptional circumstances he or she is granted permission by the Faculty Board to be a candidate on the same occasion for Parts I and II or for Part I and a component of Part II;
  3. (ii)shall offer all components of Part II unless he or she has already satisfied the Examiners in one component;
  4. (b)a candidate shall not be re-examined in any part or in any component of Part II later than two years after his or her first candidature for that Part or that component, except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances;
  5. (c)if a candidate fails to satisfy the Examiners in any Part or in any component of Part II on one occasion subsequent to his or her first candidature for that Part or that component, he or she shall not be re-examined in that Part or that component again except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances.

21. For grave cause a student may be required by the Faculty Board to defer taking a Part of the Final Examination until he or she has received the permission of the Faculty Board to do so.

Examiners.

22. The arrangements for the appointment of Examiners shall be as follows:

(a) The Faculty Board shall nominate for each subject of the Second M.B. Examination a Senior Examiner and such number of other Examiners and Assessors as are required to conduct the examination; provided that for sittings of subjects of the Second M.B. Examination held under Regulation 10(a)(i)13 the Examiners shall be the Examiners appointed for those subjects in the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos.

(b) The Regius Professor shall be an Examiner and Chairman of Examiners for all Parts of the Final M.B. Examination, provided that, on the nomination of the Regius Professor, any Professor who is medically qualified, or any Doctor of Medicine who is a member of the Regent House, may be appointed to deputize for the Regius Professor for the purpose of this regulation. In addition, the Faculty Board shall nominate for Part I and for each component of Part II of the Final M.B. Examination, a Senior Examiner and such number of other Examiners as the Faculty Board may deem sufficient. Such Examiners shall be appointed to serve for the calendar year next following their appointment.

23. The Faculty Board shall appoint for each calendar year such number of persons as they may deem sufficient to act as Collectors and Assistant Collectors of Cases, provided that the persons so appointed shall be not less than three in number and shall include one obstetrician and gynaecologist, one physician, and one surgeon. The Collectors and Assistant Collectors of Cases shall invite such patients and shall make such arrangements as may be required for the clinical examinations in Part II of the Final M.B. Examination. The Faculty Board shall appoint for each clinical examination such numbers of persons as they deem sufficient to act as Clinical Assessors, who shall provide marks and comments to the appointed Examiners.

24. The Examiners and Assessors in each subject or section of each examination shall observe the following requirements:

  1. (a)the Examiners shall be jointly responsible for all the questions set in the written paper and the practical examination (if any) of that subject or section;
  2. (b)no candidate shall be judged to have failed in any subject or section unless his or her work has been assessed by at least two Examiners or Assessors;
  3. (c)two Examiners or Assessors in each subject or section shall both be present at, and shall participate in, the oral examination or the clinical examination of each candidate in that subject or section, and both shall be responsible for the marks allotted.
Class-lists.

25. Separate class-lists shall be published for each subject of the Second M.B. Examination and for each Part of the Final M.B. Examination. The names of successful candidates in the several lists shall be arranged in alphabetical order. The list for Part II of the Final M.B. Examination shall indicate the components of the examination in which the candidate has passed. On the occasion of a candidate's first attempt at either Part of the Final M.B. Examination, but not on any subsequent occasion, special merit may be recognized by the award of a mark of distinction in Part I or in Part II.

26. The Chairman of Examiners shall communicate to the Registrary the marks of all the candidates for the Part, or section of a Part, or subject, of the examination with which he or she is concerned. The Registrary shall communicate to Tutors or other designated College officers, for transmission to their pupils, the marks of their pupils and such other information as may be considered advisable.14

Temporary Regulations

27. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 13, a student who was a candidate for any subject of the second M.B. Examination before 30 September 1996 shall be eligible, if unsuccessful either in such a subject or in any other subject of the Second M.B. Examination, for re-examination under the regulations that were in force on that date.

28. Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing regulations,

  1. (a)a student who was a candidate for any subject of the Second M.B. Examination before 30 September 2000 shall be eligible, if unsuccessful either in such a subject or in any other subject of the Second M.B. Examination, for re-examination under the regulations that were in force at the time when he or she was first a candidate for such a subject;
  2. (b)the Joint Exemptions Committee shall have power to determine what exemptions shall be granted to a student who obtained honours in any Part of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos or the Natural Sciences Tripos before 30 September 2000 and had not by that date either passed or gained exemption from all the subjects of the Second M.B. Examination.

29. Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing regulations a student who was a candidate for any Part of the Final M.B. Examination before 30 September 2003 shall be eligible, if unsuccessful in any Part or section, for re-examination under the regulations that were in force on that date.

30. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 14, the Faculty Board may announce, after consultation with the Board of Examinations, additional sittings of Part I and the written paper components of Part II in any one year, provided that the Faculty Board shall give sufficient notice of such an additional sitting that no candidate shall be disadvantaged.

SCHEDULE A

Premedical Requirements

GCE A level and GCSE

1. In this Schedule the Advanced level and AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level passes referred to are passes at those levels in a General Certificate of Education (GCE) issued by an awarding body approved by the relevant regulatory authority in England (QCA), Wales (ACCAC), and Northern Ireland (CCEA). The General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) passes referred to are passes in that Certificate, at Grade A, B, or C, issued by an awarding body approved by the relevant regulatory authority in England (QCA), Wales (ACCAC), and Northern Ireland (CCEA).

Approved equivalents

2. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following shall be regarded as the equivalent of a pass at (Advanced) level:

  1. (a)a pass in the Scottish Qualifications Authority National Course Advanced Higher examination at Grade A, B, C, or D;
  2. (b)a pass in the Scottish Qualifications Authority National Course Higher examination at Grade A, B, or C;
  3. (c)a pass at Grade 5 or above in a subject taken at the Higher level of the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme;
  4. (d)a pass in a General Certificate of Education (GCE) Advanced level within the Advanced Diploma of the Welsh Baccalaureate.

3. For the purpose of this Schedule, the following shall be regarded as the equivalent of a pass at AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level:

  1. (a)a pass at Level 5 or above in a subject taken at the Standard level of the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme.

4. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following shall be regarded as the equivalent of a pass in the GCSE:

  1. (a)a pass at Ordinary level (Grade A, B, or C) in a GCE issued by an examining body approved by the Department for Children, Schools and Families;
  2. (b)a pass in the Scottish Qualifications Authority Standard Grade examination at Grade 1, 2, or 3;
  3. (c)a pass in the International GCSE at Grade A, B, or C;
  4. (d)a pass at Grade 5 or above in a subject taken at Standard level of the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme.

5. Passes in subjects of examinations for certificates conducted overseas by the Local Examinations Syndicate shall be considered for equivalence according to the level attained, provided always that the examination is conducted in the medium of English.

Premedical requirements

6. The premedical requirements shall consist of two Parts, A and B.

  1. (a)A student shall be deemed to have completed Part A if he or she has either achieved the required standard in an admissions test approved by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine or obtained GCSE passes in the following subjects or equivalents approved by the Faculty Board:
  2. (i)Physics;
  3. (ii)Biology;
  4. (iii)Mathematics;
  5.    provided that
  6. (1)a pass in double-award science may be substituted for the passes required under (i) and (ii) above;
  7. (2)passes at Advanced level or AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level may be substituted for the GCSE passes required under (i), (ii), and (iii) above;
  8. (3)a credit in the Science Foundation Course of the Open University may be substituted for the GCSE passes required under (i) and (ii) above.
  9. (b)A student shall be deemed to have completed Part B if he or she has obtained Advanced level or AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level passes in the following subjects or equivalents approved by the Faculty Board:
  10. (i)Chemistry;
  11. (ii)at least two of the following: Physics, Biology, Mathematics;

   provided that

    (1) at least one of these subjects must be passed at Advanced level;

    (2) the examination requirements for matriculation are complied with.15

  1. (c)A student shall be deemed to have completed Part B if he or she has obtained honours or has achieved the honours standard in Part Ia of the Natural Sciences Tripos.
  2. (d)For the purposes of the premedical requirements, a student who has obtained an honours degree of this or a recognized university shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements by passing an admissions test approved by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine.

SCHEDULE B

Preclinical Medical Study

The following courses are approved for the purpose of Regulation 3(e):

  1. (i)courses16 leading to the Second M.B. Examination, or courses which are approved for the purpose of granting exemption from that examination;
  2. (ii)courses leading to Part Ia or Ib or II of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos;
  3. (iii)courses leading to any Part of the Natural Sciences Tripos;
  4. (iv)courses in Archaeology leading to Part IIa or Part IIb of the Archaeological and Anthropological Tripos;
  5. (v)courses in Biological Anthropology leading to Part IIa or Part IIb of the Archaeological and Anthropological Tripos;
  6. (vi)courses in Social Anthropology leading to Part IIa or Part IIb of the Archaeological and Anthropological Tripos, provided that a student has included among the papers offered for that examination Paper S7, offering the option Medical Anthropology;
  7. (vii)courses leading to any Part of the Computer Science Tripos;
  8. (viii)courses leading to Part Ia of the Engineering Tripos;
  9. (ix)courses leading to Part II of the Geographical Tripos, provided that a student has included Papers 3 and 9 among the papers offered for that examination;
  10. (x)courses leading to Part Ib of the Law Tripos, provided that a student either has included among the papers offered for that examination at least two of Papers 21, 23, and 24, or has offered the following papers of the Law Tripos either in that examination or in another examination Papers 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, and 25;
  11. (xi)courses leading to the Management Studies Tripos;
  12. (xii)courses leading to Option (b) (Mathematics with Computer Science) of Part Ia of the Mathematical Tripos;
  13. (xiii)courses leading to Part Ib of the Philosophy Tripos, provided that a student has included among the papers offered for that examination Paper 9 and four from among Papers 1, 2, 3, 6, and 8 (except that a student who took the subject Experimental Psychology as a special option in Group B of Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos may not offer Paper 8);
  14. (xiv)courses leading to Part II of the Philosophy Tripos, provided that a student has included Papers 3 and 6 among the papers offered for that examination;
  15. (xv)courses leading to option (b) of Part IIa of the Politics, Psychology, and Sociology (Social and Political Sciences) Tripos, or courses leading to Part IIb under Regulation 21 of the Politics, Psychology, and Sociology (Social and Political Sciences) Tripos provided that a student has included among the papers offered for that examination at least three of the following papers: Psy. 1–6, Int. 1–6;
  16. (xvi)approved courses at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
  17. (xvii)any course that has been recognized by the Faculty Board, having regard to the guidance given by the General Medical Council, for the purpose of this regulation, being a course similar in scope to any of those specified in subsections (iii)–(xv) above, whether taken in this University or in another university.

SCHEDULE C

Approved courses of instruction for the Second M.B. Examination

In addition to the courses offered as specific preparation for the subjects for the Second M.B. Examination, the following courses have been approved by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine as appropriate courses of instruction for certain subjects of the Second M.B. Examination.

Subjects in the Second M.B. Examination

Subject in Natural Sciences Tripos Examinations

Biology of Disease

or

NST Ib Pathology

NST II Pathology

Mechanisms of Drug Action

or

NST Ib Pharmacology

NST II Pharmacology

Molecules in Medical Science

or

NST Ib Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

NST II Biochemistry

Homeostasis

and

NST Ia Physiology of Organisms

NST Ib Physiology

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS

Second M.B. Examination

Biology of Disease (BOD)

The examination in BOD will be treated from the standpoint of abnormal biology. It will include the variations that may occur in the structure and functions of living cells, tissues, and organs, together with the biology of parasites, bacteria, and viruses. Section I will consist of compulsory short-answer questions on the lecture material. Section II will consist of a two-hour practical examination which will include laboratory work and questions on practical aspects and problem solving.

Functional Architecture of the Body (FAB)

Section I will consist of compulsory short-answer questions on tissue anatomy, aspects of organogenesis, the topographical, functional, and applied anatomy of the human body. Section II will consist of a practical examination and will cover similar aspects.

Homeostasis (HOM)

Section I will consist of computer-marked and short-answer questions on nerve and neuromuscular transmission, muscle, autonomic nervous system, cardiovascular system, respiration, kidney, salt and water balance, digestion, absorption, and temperature regulation. Section II will consist of questions on the practical work in experimental physiology and histology.

Human Reproduction (HR)

Section I will consist of compulsory short-answer questions and Section II will consist of practical questions.

Introduction to the Scientific Basis of Medicine (ISBM)

The examination will consist of compulsory short-answer or computer-marked questions on the ISBM course.

Mechanisms of Drug Action (MODA)

Section I, which will include or consist entirely of short-answer questions, will require knowledge of the actions of drugs on whole organisms and mammalian systems, and also of the mode of drug action at the cellular, sub-cellular, and molecular levels. Section II will consist of a practical examination, which will include questions on data handling and problem solving; laboratory work will not be involved. Questions that require an elementary knowledge of statistical procedures may be included in both sections of the examination.

Medical Sociology (MSOC)

The written paper will require knowledge of medical sociology.

Molecules in Medical Science (MIMS)

The examination will test knowledge and understanding of the material contained in the MIMS course. Section I will consist of short-answer questions on the lecture. Section II will consist of questions on practical aspects, including interpretation and handling of data.

Neurobiology with Human Behaviour (NHB)

The examination in NHB will require knowledge of the structure and functions of the central nervous system and the special sense organs, neuroanatomy, experimental psychology and some of its applications to medicine. Particular topics will include neuropharmacology; learning and memory; perception and information processing; intelligence and development; emotion and its physiological basis; and social psychology. Section I will include or consist entirely of compulsory short-answer questions. In Section II, candidates will be examined on practical aspects of neuroanatomy and in experimental neurophysiology; questions may be included which require an elementary knowledge of statistical procedures.

Preparing for Patients (PFP)

Each candidate shall submit to the Examiners such written work for each strand of Preparing for Patients as shall be required by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine.

Final M.B. Examination

Part I

The examination is concerned with the application to human disease of the principles of pathology. It covers morphological, laboratory, and clinical aspects of pathology, including histopathology, haematology, microbiology, chemical pathology, immunology, and genetics. There are three papers; one paper will consist of multiple part objective questions, one will consist of essay questions, and one will consist of practical data interpretation.

Part II

The examination in this Part will be concerned with the principles and practice of medicine and surgery with clinical pharmacology and therapeutics, general practice, public health medicine, paediatrics, and other medical and surgical specialities covered in the curriculum. The examination will be designed to assess the candidate's knowledge and experience of medicine and surgery in their widest sense; her or his ability to apply that knowledge and experience to the management of patients; her or his ability to communicate effectively with patients and to respect their autonomy; and her or his experience of ethical problems in clinical medicine.

The examination will consist of five components testing all areas of the curriculum: Component 1 will consist of no fewer than 100 multiple choice questions covering factual knowledge and its application in a clinical context. Component 2 will consist of no fewer than 25 extended matching questions covering application of knowledge and clinical problem solving skills. Component 3 will consist of not less than five short structured-answer questions covering written communication skills, ethics, and law in clinical medicine. Components 4 and 5 will be clinical examinations in which students will be assessed on their clinical performance; Component 4 will consist of not less than 10 stations covering clinical history-taking, clinical reasoning, and interpersonal communication skills; Component 5 will consist of not less than 18 stations covering clinical examination and practical skills.

(New Curriculum Regulations)

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery

NEW CURRICULUM REGULATIONS

Amended by Notices (Reporter, 2009–10, pp. 21 and 99)

1. These regulations, which shall be known as the New Curriculum Regulations for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, shall apply to those students who begin their clinical course on or after 1 September 2005.

2. On completing the requisite number of terms,17 a student who has passed in Parts I, II, and III of the Final M.B. Examination as prescribed in these regulations shall be qualified to supplicate for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. The short titles of these degrees shall be M.B., B.Chir.

Definitions.

3. In these regulations unless the context shall require otherwise:

  1. (a)the term Faculty Board shall mean the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine;
  2. (b)the term Regius Professor shall mean the Regius Professor of Physic;
  3. (c)the term instruction shall mean instruction given in the University or elsewhere and may include practical instruction;
  4. (d)the term approved course shall mean a course approved for the purpose of these regulations by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine;
  5. (e)the term approved courses of clinical instruction shall mean courses or placements in the subjects specified below which are held in the University or in such hospital, general medical practice, or other institution associated with the University as the Faculty Board may approve for the purpose of these regulations, and which have been approved by the Faculty Board as courses appropriate to a Part of the Final M.B. Examination:
 

for Part I:

Pathology

 

for Part II:

Clinical Paediatrics and Clinical Obstetrics and Gynaecology

 

for Part III:

Medicine and Surgery with Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, General Practice, Public Health Medicine, Paediatrics, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Ethics and Law, and other medical and surgical specialities covered in the curriculum.

  1. (f)the term year of clinical study shall mean a period of twelve consecutive months (including not more than seven weeks’ vacation) during which a student has attended full-time approved courses of clinical instruction as defined in Regulation 3(e);
  2. (g)the term evidence shall mean:
  3. (i)in the case of study in another university, evidence signed by a responsible officer of the university concerned;
  4. (ii)during the period of clinical study defined in Regulation 3(f), evidence signed by the Director of Medical Education or another officer authorized by the Director;
  5. (h)the term satisfactory completion shall mean that the student has performed appropriately in an examination or submitted work which satisfies the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine which shall publish annually in the Michaelmas Term a statement in the Reporter outlining the requirements for satisfactory completion.
  6. (i)the term satisfactory performance shall mean performance which satisfies the Director of Medical Education or another officer or officers authorized by the Director;
  7. (j)the term M.B./Ph.D. Programme student shall mean a student who, having been approved by the Faculty Board for admission to a course combining research and clinical instruction in the University, has subsequently been admitted as a Graduate Student by the Board of Graduate Studies;
  8. (k)the term Cambridge Graduate Course student shall mean a student who holds an Honours Degree of this or a recognized university and has been approved by the Faculty Board for admission to a four-year course in medicine (Cambridge Graduate Course in Medicine);
  9. (l)the term Medical Students Register shall mean a register of students who are deemed fit to practise medicine. A student may be removed temporarily or permanently from the Register if he or she is deemed no longer a fit person to have the privilege of access to patients. Subject to the powers of the Council and of the General Board and of a Fitness for Medical Practice Appeal Tribunal, the Register shall be maintained by the Faculty Boards of Biology and Clinical Medicine through the Fitness for Medical Practice Committee.
Examinations.

4. There shall be a Second Examination and a Final Examination for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, referred to in these regulations as the Second M.B. Examination and the Final M.B. Examination.

Supplementary regulations.

5. The Faculty Board, after consulting other bodies concerned, shall have power to issue from time to time supplementary regulations defining or limiting all or any of the Parts, subjects, papers, or sections of the Second M.B. Examination or the Final M.B. Examination. Due care shall be taken that sufficient notice is given of any alteration of such supplementary regulations.

Evidence of instruction.

6. Where a candidate for any of the examinations prescribed in these regulations is required by them to produce evidence of instruction or of any other matter, the candidate's entry shall not be considered to have been made earlier than the day on which the Registrary receives that evidence or the last part of it to be submitted.

Premedical requirements.

7. No student shall be a candidate for any subject of the Second M.B. Examination unless he or she has previously satisfied the University's premedical requirements. The premedical requirements, which shall be determined by the Faculty Board, shall be specified in Schedule A to these regulations; the Faculty Board shall have power to amend that Schedule from time to time as they think fit.

8. The Faculty Board shall have power to grant exemption from all or part of the premedical requirements to a student who is deemed by the Board to have attained a satisfactory standard in an examination or examinations approved by the Board for this purpose in an appropriate subject or subjects.

Second M.B. Examination.

9. The subjects of the Second M.B. Examination shall be as follows:

Biology of Disease (BOD)

Functional Architecture of the Body (FAB)

Homeostasis (HOM)

Human Reproduction (HR)

Introduction to the Scientific Basis of Medicine (ISBM)

Mechanisms of Drug Action (MODA)

Molecules in Medical Science (MIMS)

Neurobiology with Human Behaviour (NHB)

Preparing for Patients (PFP)

Social Context of Health and Illness (SCHI)

provided that a candidate taking the Cambridge Graduate Course in Medicine shall not be examined in the subject PFP.

(a) The examinations in BOD, FAB, HOM, MIMS, MODA, and NHB shall each consist of a written paper of one hour, which shall contain compulsory short-answer questions (Section I), and a practical examination of two hours (Section II).

(b) The examination in HR shall consist of a written paper of one hour, which shall contain compulsory short-answer questions (Section I), and a practical examination of one hour (Section II).

(c) The examination in SCHI shall consist of a written paper of ninety minutes.

(d) The examination in ISBM shall consist of a written paper of forty-five minutes.

(e) The examinations in PFP shall each consist of the submission of records of such course-work done by candidates as shall be specified from time to time by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine after consultation with the Faculty Board of Biology.

10. The Second M.B. Examination shall be held as follows:

(a) The examinations in BOD, FAB, HOM, HR, MIMS, MODA, and NHB shall be held twice a year, as follows:

  1. (i)in the Easter Term, on the dates prescribed for Part Ia and Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos18;
  2. (ii)in September, beginning on the Monday next but one before the first day of the Michaelmas Term.

(b) The examination in ISBM and SCHI shall be held twice a year on the last day of Full Lent Term and in the week beginning on the Monday next but one before the first day of the Michaelmas Term.

(c) Records of course-work for PFP shall be submitted, in accordance with detailed arrangements approved by the Faculty Board after consultation with the Faculty Board of Biology.

11. A candidate for the Second M.B. Examination shall be required to have diligently attended approved courses of instruction appropriate to the subject or subjects to be offered in the examination. Approved courses recognized for this purpose shall be listed in Schedule B to these regulations; the Faculty Board shall have power to amend this Schedule from time to time as they think fit. The Faculty Board shall have authority to approve for this purpose additional courses offered by a university other than Cambridge, or, in exceptional circumstances, to waive the requirement. The Second M.B. Examination may be taken by an unmatriculated student who has satisfied this requirement and who is certified on behalf of a College to the Registrary to be a bona fide candidate for admission to the College.

No student whose name does not appear on the Medical Students Register shall be a candidate for any subject of the Second M.B. Examination.

Exemption.

12. (a) The Faculty Board shall have power to grant exemption from any subject or subjects of the Second M.B. Examination to a candidate for admission as a clinical student from a university other than Cambridge, provided that the student has satisfied the conditions of Regulation 11 and has attained a satisfactory standard, as prescribed by the Faculty Board, in corresponding subjects taken in an examination for a degree of a university other than Cambridge.

(b) The Faculty Board shall inform the Registrary as early as possible of the names of those candidates who have been granted exemption from any subject or subjects of the Second M.B. Examination and who have satisfied the requirements in Regulation 12(a).

13. A candidate who is unsuccessful in the examination in any subject of the Second M.B. Examination shall be eligible for re-examination, provided that, except by special permission of the Faculty Board granted in exceptional circumstances,

  1. (a)a student who fails to satisfy the Examiners in any subject other than PFP shall not be a candidate for re-examination in that subject later than nine months after his or her first attempt in that subject;
  2. (b)a student whose submission for any course of PFP fails to satisfy the Examiners shall be required to submit a revised report for that course not later than the end of the current academical year;
  3. (c)no student shall be a candidate in any subject on more than two occasions in total.
Final M.B. Examination.

14. The Final M.B. Examination shall consist of three Parts, Parts I, II, and III; Part II shall be divided into two components, Part III shall be divided into five components. All Parts shall be held in the Easter Term. Part I and Part II shall also be held in the following Michaelmas Term; the written paper components of Part III shall also be held in July. A timetable for each sitting of the examinations shall be published by the Board of Examinations after consultation with the Faculty Board, before the division of the Easter Term each year for the calendar year next following.

15. The Parts of the Final M.B. Examination shall consist of the following components:

 Part I:

two written papers, one of two hours and one of two hours and twenty minutes, and a practical examination. The Examiners at their discretion may examine any candidate for distinction viva voce.

 Part II:

two clinical examinations.

 Part III:

three written papers, two of three hours and one of two hours, and two clinical examinations.

Candidature for the Final M.B. Examination shall be subject to the restrictions and conditions specified in Regulations 16–21 below.

16. Before taking any Part of the Final M.B. Examination a student shall

  1. (a)have completed the Second M.B. Examination by having passed all the subjects thereof; and
  2. (b)have obtained a degree deemed appropriate by the Faculty Board.

No student whose name does not appear on the Medical Students Register shall be a candidate for any Part of the Final M.B. Examination.

17. A student who proposes to be a candidate for any Part of the Final M.B. Examination shall produce evidence of having satisfactorily completed the approved courses of clinical instruction appropriate to that Part. Except by permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances, and subject to any conditions determined by them, a course of clinical instruction shall not count towards the requirements of the Final M.B. Examination:

  1. (a)if it began before the student's completion of the Second M.B. Examination, or more than eight years after the student first took any subject in that Examination or an examination leading to exemption from any subject;
  2. or(b)if it began before the student obtained the degree required under Regulation 16(b) above.

18. A student who has failed to complete satisfactorily any part of the approved courses of clinical instruction, including permitted reassessments as specified by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine, shall not be permitted to progress to the next course of clinical instruction.

19. (a) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (d)(ii) and Regulation 21 below, Parts I and II of the Final M.B. Examination shall be taken concurrently.

(b) A student shall not be a candidate for the first time for Part I or Part II until at least eighteen months have elapsed since the beginning of the student's course of clinical study.

(c) A student who is a candidate for the first time for Part II or Part III shall offer all components.

(d) A student shall not be a candidate for the first time for Part III unless

  1. (i)he or she has completed two years and eight months of clinical study in the University,

and unless

  1. (ii)the student either has previously passed in Part I and Part II or in exceptional circumstances has been granted permission by the Faculty Board to be a candidate for Parts I, II, and III on the same occasion.

(e) Except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances, no student shall be a candidate for the first time for Part I and Part II later than three years after beginning his or her course of clinical study and no student shall be a candidate for the first time for Part III later than five years after beginning his or her or course of clinical study.

M.B./Ph.D. Programme.

20. The following provision shall apply to M.B./Ph.D. Programme students:

  1. except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances, such a student shall not be a candidate for the first time for Part III later than eight years after beginning his or her course of clinical study.
Re-examination.

21.  If at the first attempt a student fails to satisfy the Examiners in Part I, Part II, or Part III or in a component of Part II or Part III he or she shall be eligible for re-examination in the relevant Part or component under conditions set by the Faculty Board, taking them separately or together, provided that

  1. (a)a candidate for re-examination in Part II shall offer both components of Part II unless he or she has already satisfied the Examiners in one component;
  2. (b)a candidate for re-examination in Part III in July shall already have passed in Part I, in both components of Part II, in the clinical components of Part III, and in such written components as required by the Examiners;
  3. (c)a candidate for re-examination in Part III in any year following that in which he or she first took the examination
  4. (i)shall already have passed in Part I and both components of Part II,
  5. (ii)shall offer all components of Part III;
  6. (d)a candidate shall not be re-examined in either Part I, or in any component of Part II or Part III later than two years after his or her first candidature for that Part or that component, except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances;
  7. (e)if a candidate fails to satisfy the Examiners in either Part or in any component of Part II or Part III on one occasion subsequent to his or her first candidature for that Part or that component, he or she shall not be re-examined in that Part or that component again except by special permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances.

22. For grave cause a student may be required by the Faculty Board to defer taking a Part of the Final Examination until he or she has received the permission of the Faculty Board to do so.

Examiners.

23. The arrangements for the appointment of Examiners shall be as follows:

  1. (a)The Faculty Board shall nominate for each subject of the Second M.B. Examination a Senior Examiner and such number of other Examiners and Assessors as are required to conduct the examination; provided that for sittings of subjects of the Second M.B. Examination held under Regulation l0(a)(i) the Examiners shall be the Examiners appointed for those subjects in the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos.
  2. (b)The Regius Professor shall be an Examiner and Chairman of Examiners for all Parts of the Final M.B. Examination, provided that, on the nomination of the Regius Professor, any Professor who is medically qualified, or any Doctor of Medicine who is a member of the Regent House, may be appointed to deputize for the Regius Professor for the purpose of this regulation. In addition, the Faculty Board shall nominate for Part I and for each component of Part II and Part III of the Final M.B. Examination, a Senior Examiner and such number of other Examiners as the Faculty Board may deem sufficient. Such Examiners shall be appointed to serve for the calendar year next following their appointment.

24. The Faculty Board shall appoint for each calendar year such number of persons as they may deem sufficient to act as Collectors and Assistant Collectors of Cases, provided that the persons so appointed shall be not less than three in number and shall include one Physician, and one Surgeon. The Collectors and Assistant Collectors of Cases shall invite such patients and shall make such arrangements as may be required for the clinical examinations in Part II and Part III of the Final M.B. Examination. The Faculty Board shall appoint for each clinical examination such numbers of persons as they deem sufficient to act as Clinical Assessors, who shall provide marks and comments to the appointed Examiners.

25. The Examiners and Assessors in each subject or component of each examination shall observe the following requirements:

  1. (a)the Examiners shall be jointly responsible for all the questions set in the written paper and the practical examination (if any) of that subject or component;
  2. (b)no candidate shall be judged to have failed in any subject or component unless his or her work has been assessed by at least two Examiners or Assessors;
  3. (c)two Examiners or Assessors in each subject or component shall both be present at, and shall participate in, the oral examination or the clinical examination of each candidate in that subject or component, and both shall be responsible for the marks allotted.
Class-lists.

26. Separate class-lists shall be published for each subject of the Second M.B. Examination and for each Part of the Final M.B. Examination. The names of successful candidates in the several lists shall be arranged in alphabetical order. The list for Part II and Part III of the Final M.B. Examination shall indicate the components of the examination in which the candidate has passed. On the occasion of a candidate's first attempt at any Part of the Final M.B. Examination, but not on any subsequent occasion, special merit may be recognized by the award of a mark of distinction in Part I or in Part II or in Part III.

27. The Chairman of Examiners shall communicate to the Registrary the marks of all the candidates for the Part, or component of a Part, or subject, of the examination with which he or she is concerned. The Registrary shall communicate to Tutors or other designated College officers, for transmission to their pupils, the marks of their pupils and such other information as may be considered advisable.19

Temporary Regulations

28. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 14, the Faculty Board may announce, after consultation with the Board of Examinations, additional sittings of Part I and the written paper components of Part II in any one year, provided that the Faculty Board shall give sufficient notice of such an additional sitting that no candidate shall be disadvantaged.

29. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulations 1 and 14, candidates who began their clinical course before 1 September 2006 under the New Curriculum Regulations shall be examined under the regulations current in September 2007.

SCHEDULE A

Premedical Requirements

See Revised Regulations, p. 470.

SCHEDULE B

Approved courses of instruction for the Second M.B. Examination

In addition to the courses offered as specific preparation for the subjects for the Second M.B. Examination, the following courses have been approved by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine as appropriate courses of instruction for certain subjects of the Second M.B. Examination.

Subjects in the Second M.B. Examination

Subject in Natural Sciences Tripos Examinations

Biology of Disease

or

NST Ib Pathology

NST II Pathology

Mechanisms of Drug Action

or

NST Ib Pharmacology

NST II Pharmacology

Molecules in Medical Science

or

NST Ib Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

NST II Biochemistry

Homeostasis

and

NST Ia Physiology of Organisms

NST Ib Physiology

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS

Second M.B. Examination

Biology of Disease (BOD)

The examination in BOD will be treated from the standpoint of abnormal biology. It will include the variations that may occur in the structure and functions of living cells, tissues, and organs, together with the biology of parasites, bacteria, and viruses. Section I will consist of compulsory short-answer questions on the lecture material. Section II will consist of a two-hour practical examination which will include laboratory work and questions on practical aspects and problem solving.

Functional Architecture of the Body (FAB)

Section I will consist of compulsory short-answer questions on tissue anatomy, aspects of organogenesis, the topographical, functional, and applied anatomy of the human body. Section II will consist of a practical examination and will cover similar aspects.

Homeostasis (HOM)

Section I will consist of computer-marked and short-answer questions on nerve and neuromuscular transmission, muscle, autonomic nervous system, cardiovascular system, respiration, kidney, salt and water balance, digestion, absorption, and temperature regulation. Section II will consist of questions on the practical work in experimental physiology and histology.

Human Reproduction (HR)

Section I will consist of compulsory short-answer questions and Section II will consist of practical questions.

Introduction to the Scientific Basis of Medicine (ISBM)

The examination will consist of compulsory short-answer or computer-marked questions on the ISBM course.

Mechanisms of Drug Action (MODA)

Section I, which will include or consist entirely of short-answer questions, will require knowledge of the actions of drugs on whole organisms and mammalian systems, and also of the mode of drug action at the cellular, subcellular, and molecular levels. Section II will consist of a practical examination, which will include questions on data handling and problem solving; laboratory work will not be involved. Questions that require an elementary knowledge of statistical procedures may be included in both sections of the examination.

Molecules in Medical Science (MIMS)

The examination will test knowledge and understanding of the material contained in the MIMS course. Section I will consist of short-answer questions on the lecture. Section II will consist of questions on practical aspects, including interpretation and handling of data.

Neurobiology with Human Behaviour (NHB)

The examination in NHB will require knowledge of the structure and functions of the central nervous system and the special sense organs, neuroanatomy, experimental psychology and some of its applications to medicine. Particular topics will include neuropharmacology; learning and memory; perception and information processing; intelligence and development; emotion and its physiological basis; and social psychology. Section I will include or consist entirely of compulsory short-answer questions. In Section II, candidates will be examined on practical aspects of neuroanatomy and in experimental neurophysiology; questions may be included which require an elementary knowledge of statistical procedures.

Preparing for Patients (PFP)

Each candidate shall submit to the Examiners such written work for each strand of Preparing for Patients as shall be required by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine.

Social Context of Health and Illness (SCHI)

The written paper will require knowledge of social science perspectives that relate to medicine.

Final M.B. Examination

Part III

The examination in this Part will be concerned with the principles and practice of medicine and surgery with clinical pharmacology and therapeutics, general practice, public health medicine, paediatrics, and other medical and surgical specialities covered in the curriculum. The examination will be designed to assess the candidate's knowledge and experience of medicine and surgery in their widest sense; her or his ability to apply that knowledge and experience to the management of patients; her or his ability to communicate effectively with patients and to respect their autonomy; and her or his experience of ethical problems in clinical medicine.

The examination will consist of five components testing all areas of the curriculum:

Component 1 will consist of no fewer than 100 multiple choice questions covering factual knowledge and its application in a clinical context.

Component 2 will consist of no fewer than 25 extended matching questions covering application of knowledge and clinical problem solving skills.

Component 3 will consist of not less than five short structured-answer questions covering written communication skills, ethics, and law in clinical medicine.

Components 4 and 5 will be clinical examinations in which students will be assessed on their clinical performance; Component 4 will consist of not less than 10 stations covering clinical history-taking, clinical reasoning, and interpersonal communication skills; Component 5 will consist of not less than 18 stations covering clinical examination and practical skills.

Special Regulations for the Conferment of the Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery

Persons entitled to supplicate.

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Ordinances, candidates for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, of which the short titles are M.B. and B.Chir., shall be entitled to supplicate for and to receive those degrees in the manner provided for by the following regulations.

2. A candidate for the Final M.B. Examination may supplicate for the degrees of M.B. and B.Chir. by causing a Supplicat in the form shown in Schedule A to these regulations to be delivered to the Registrary by the authorities of his or her College in the manner prescribed in Regulation 1 for admission to degrees not later than the first day of the examination. Degrees may be conferred under these regulations, notwithstanding late delivery of a supplicat, provided that the necessary documents have been sent to the Registrary in time for proper consideration and for the completion of the list referred to in Regulation 3, but the candidate shall incur a fine of £1.

List of names.

3. Not later than the third day of the examination the Registrary shall sign and cause to be posted on a board in the Schools Arcade a list of names of persons whose supplicats have been received, and who have completed the requirements of the Statutes and Ordinances for proceeding to the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, save for the completion of the Final M.B. Examination, for which they are candidates. The list shall be headed as shown in Schedule B to these regulations.

Non placet.

4. If any member of the Regent House informs the Vice-Chancellor in writing, not later than the day following the posting of the list referred to in Regulation 3, that he or she intends to non placet the conferment of a degree upon any person named in the list, the Vice-Chancellor shall cause that person's name to be struck out from the list and that person shall not be entitled to proceed to a degree under these regulations but may supplicate for a degree under the regulations for admission to degrees.

List of successful candidates.

5. Not later than the day next but one following that on which the publication of the lists of successful candidates for the Final M.B. Examination is completed, the Registrary shall sign and cause to be posted on a board in the Schools Arcade a list of those persons named in the list referred to in Regulation 3 whose names have not been struck out in pursuance of Regulation 4 and who have completed the Final M.B. Examination. The list shall be headed as shown in Schedule C to these regulations.

6. The posting of the list referred to in Regulation 5 shall constitute the conferment of the degree of B.Chir. upon each of the persons named in it. The names of the persons upon whom the degree has been conferred under this regulation shall be published in the Reporter as soon as is convenient after the posting of the list.

M.B. Degree.

7. Any person who has received the degree of B.Chir. in accordance with these regulations may, not later than twelve calendar months after receiving that degree, supplicate for the degree of M.B. in the manner provided for in the regulations for admission to degrees.

8. If at the expiry of twelve months from the conferment of the degree of B.Chir. upon any person in the manner provided for by these regulations no Supplicat in the prescribed form has been received by the Registrary for that person to be admitted at a Congregation to the degree of M.B., his or her name shall be included in a list, headed as shown in Schedule D to these regulations, which the Registrary shall sign and cause to be posted on a board in the Schools Arcade.

9. The posting of the list referred to in Regulation 8 shall constitute the conferment of the degree of M.B. upon each of the persons named in it. The names of such persons shall be published in the Reporter as soon as is convenient after the posting of the list.

Fees.

10. There shall be no additional fees for the conferment of the degrees of M.B. and B.Chir. under these regulations.

SCHEDULE A

DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY

To be conferred in accordance with the special regulations for the conferment of the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery.

Supplicat reverentiis vestris

ut gradus assequatur Baccalaurei in Medicina et Baccalaurei in Chirurgia. Eundem (Eandem) confirmamus tam moribus quam doctrina idoneum (idoneam) esse ad hos gradus assequendos.

SCHEDULE B

DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY

To be conferred in accordance with the special regulations for the conferment of the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery.

I hereby certify that the following persons have completed the requirements of the Statutes and Ordinances for proceeding to the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, save for completion of the Final M.B. Examination, for which they are candidates:

SCHEDULE C

DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SURGERY

I hereby certify that the following persons have completed the requirements of the Statutes and Ordinances for proceeding to the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, that their names have been posted in accordance with the special regulations for the conferment of those degrees and have not been struck out by the Vice-Chancellor, and that in pursuance of those regulations the degree of Bachelor of Surgery is hereby conferred upon them:

SCHEDULE D

DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MEDICINE

In pursuance of the special regulations for the conferment of the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery, the degree of Bachelor of Medicine is hereby conferred upon the following persons who received the degree of Bachelor of Surgery on (date):

Doctor of Medicine

Qualifications required.

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Medicine a candidate shall be required to give proof, in accordance with the provisions of these regulations, of distinction in the science, art, or history of medicine.

Standing of candidates.

2. Any person may apply in accordance with Regulation 6 of these regulations to become a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine who

  1. either(a)holds a primary degree of the University,
  2. or(b)has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation,
  3. and also holds
  4. eithera medical degree giving entitlement to provisional or full registration with the General Medical Council,
  5. ora degree recognized by that Council for the purpose of full registration,
  6. ora medical degree approved by the M.D. Committee for the purpose of candidature.

No person whose candidature has been approved under Regulations 6–8 shall submit a dissertation or any other work until four years have elapsed since he or she was admitted

  1. eitherto the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery,
  2. orto the degree of Bachelor of Surgery under Regulation 5 of the special regulations for the conferment of the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery,
  3. orto a medical degree of another university as defined above.
M.D. Committee.

3. There shall be an M.D. Committee which shall consist of:

  1. (a)the Regius Professor of Physic or a deputy appointed by the Regius Professor;
  2. (b)the Assessor to the Regius Professor of Physic, appointed in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 4;
  3. (c)eight members of the Faculty of Clinical Medicine;
  4. (d)not more than six persons co-opted by the Committee.
Quorum.

Members in class (c) shall be appointed annually by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine in the Michaelmas Term to serve for one year from 1 January following their appointment. Members in class (d) shall serve until the end of the calendar year in which they are co-opted. The Committee shall elect annually one of their own number as Chairman. Six members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum.

Assessor to the Regius Professor.

4. The Assessor to the Regius Professor of Physic, who must be a member of the Senate and a graduate in Medicine, shall be appointed not later than the division of the Michaelmas Term in each year by the General Board on the nomination of the Faculty Board to act for one year from 1 January following the date of appointment. The Assessor shall be Secretary of the Committee, for which duty the Faculty Board may, subject to the approval of the General Board, pay a stipend.

5. If either the Chairman of the M.D. Committee or the Assessor is prevented at any time by illness or other cause from performing any of the duties prescribed in these regulations, the General Board, on the nomination of the M.D. Committee, shall appoint a member of the Senate who is a graduate in Medicine to act as a deputy.

Applications.

6. A person who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall send to the Assessor

  1. (a)an application on a form obtainable from the Assessor;
  2. (b)an application fee of £220.

Applicants shall state whether they wish to submit a dissertation under Regulation 7 or previously published work under Regulation 8; an application to submit previously published work shall be accompanied by a declaration that it is not substantially the same as any work that the candidate may have submitted for a degree, diploma, or other qualification at this or any other university. The Assessor shall submit each application to the M.D. Committee, who may refer it to one or more referees for their opinion and advice before deciding whether to approve, reject, or suggest some modification of the applicant's proposal. The Assessor shall communicate the decision of the M.D. Committee to the applicant.

Dissertation.

7. Except as provided in Regulation 8, a candidate for the degree shall submit a dissertation specially composed for the purpose and shall specify the portions of the dissertation which are claimed as original. If the dissertation is based wholly or partly on work already published, a copy of such work shall be submitted with the dissertation. Candidates may also submit in support of their dissertations copies of any other published work which they wish the Committee to consider.

Previously published work.

8. In exceptional circumstances the M.D. Committee may give leave to a candidate to submit instead of a dissertation work already published on one or more topics if, after considering the qualifications of the candidate and the opinions of any referees whom they may consult, the Committee decide that the published work is of outstanding quality and constitutes a substantial and original contribution to the advancement of the science, art, or history of medicine.

9. A person whose application to become a candidate has been approved shall submit to the Assessor, not later than six years after the date of such approval, unless given special permission by the Committee to delay submission until a later date:

  1. (a)four copies of the dissertation, in a form approved by the M.D. Committee, or of published work which the Committee have given the candidate leave to submit under Regulation 8;
  2. (b)four copies of any published work which the candidate is required or wishes to submit under Regulation 7;
  3. (c)a submission fee of £500.
Consideration of work submitted.

10. After preliminary consideration by the M.D. Committee a candidate's work shall be sent to at least two Examiners appointed by the Committee, but who need not necessarily be members of the Committee. Each Examiner shall submit an independent written report on the candidate's work.

11. (a) Except for a candidate who has submitted published work under Regulation 8, every candidate shall be allowed to proceed to the Act. If, after considering a candidate’s submitted work and the Examiners’ reports thereon, the M.D. Committee are of the view that the candidate’s submitted work is not of a high enough standard, they may resolve that the candidate be given leave to resubmit the work in a revised form before proceeding to the Act, without being required to pay any additional fee.

(b) For a candidate who has submitted published work under Regulation 8, the M.D. Committee shall, after considering a candidate’s submitted work and the Examiners’ reports thereon,

  1. either(a)grant exemption from the Act and resolve that the candidate be approved for the degree;
  2. or(b)resolve that the candidate be not approved for the degree.

The Assessor shall communicate to the candidate any resolution of the Committee under this regulation.

Notice of the Act.

12. The Assessor, after consultation with the Chairman of the M.D. Committee, shall notify the candidate, the Praelector of the candidate's College, the Registrary, the Examiners appointed under Regulation 10, and the members of the M.D. Committee, of the day, hour, and place at which the Act is to be held.

13. Twenty-eight days (or such shorter period as the Chairman of the M.D. Committee may allow) before the Act is due to be held, the candidate shall send to the Assessor an acknowledgement of the notice received from the Assessor, and the Assessor shall forthwith cause a copy of the notice to be posted in the Clinical School.

Conduct of the Act.

14. The Act shall be conducted by the Chairman of the M.D. Committee, who shall preside, the Assessor, one or both of the Examiners appointed under Regulation 10, and any members of the M.D. Committee who may wish to be present. The persons conducting the Act shall examine the candidate viva voce on questions connected with the work submitted as well as on other medical subjects.

15. The Assessor shall report to the M.D. Committee on the candidate's performance at the Act. In considering the report of the Assessor the Committee shall also take into account the candidate's submitted work and the Examiners’ reports thereon. If the Committee are satisfied that the candidate's overall performance, as shown in the Act and in the submitted work, is of the requisite standard for the degree, they shall so resolve and the Assessor shall send to the Registrary a certificate (in duplicate) that the candidate has kept the Act. Such a certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the M.D. Committee and the Assessor. The certificate, which shall include the title of the candidate's submitted work, shall be published in the Reporter, and the Registrary shall inform the successful candidate accordingly.

16. If the Committee are of the view that the candidate's overall performance, as shown in the Act and in the submitted work, is not of the requisite standard for the degree, they may resolve, with the concurrence of both the Examiners, that the candidate, without being required to pay any additional fee, be

  1. either(a)given leave to proceed to the Act on one further occasion,
  2. or(b)directed to submit revised or fresh work in accordance with Regulation 9 without again proceeding to the Act,
  3. or(c)directed to submit revised or fresh work in accordance with Regulation 9 before again proceeding to the Act,

or that the candidate be not approved for the degree. The Assessor shall communicate to the candidate any resolution of the Committee under this regulation.

Exemption from the Act.

17. In exceptional circumstances the M.D. Committee may, if they consider that the work submitted by the candidate is of a sufficiently high standard, grant exemption from the Act and resolve that the candidate be approved for the degree. The Chairman of the M.D. Committee and the Assessor shall then sign and send to the Registrary a certificate (in duplicate) to that effect. The certificate, which shall include the title of the candidate's work, shall be published in the Reporter, and the Registrary shall inform the successful candidate accordingly.

Who may supplicate.

18. A candidate who has been certified under Regulation 15 to have kept the Act, or under Regulation 17 to have been approved for the degree, shall be qualified to supplicate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

Payments.

19. The payments to be made to the Assessor, to the Examiners, and to a deputy for the Chairman of the M.D. Committee, shall be those prescribed in the Schedule to these regulations.

Work to be deposited in Library.

20. A successful candidate shall deposit in the University Library and in the Medical Library a bound copy of his or her dissertation or publications in a form approved by the M.D. Committee.

Prizes.

21. All the dissertations and publications submitted by candidates who have been approved for the M.D. Degree in each academical year shall be considered by the M.D. Committee for any Prize, Medal, or other emolument that is awarded for work done by a candidate for the degree. For this purpose the Committee may delegate their functions to a sub-committee not necessarily consisting wholly of members of the Committee.

SCHEDULE

Payments to Examiners

To the Chairman of the M.D. Committee at an Act, or to a deputy for the Chairman appointed under Regulation 5, for each candidate: £45.

To a referee (Regulation 6): £45.

To the Assessor for each candidate: £45.

To an Examiner (Regulation 10) for examining and reporting on a dissertation and for taking part in the conduct of the Act if required to do so: £135.

To an external Examiner who is required to take part in the conduct of the Act an additional: £90.

To an Examiner for taking part in a clinical examination at an Act an additional: £120.

Each external Examiner shall receive in addition railway fares to and from Cambridge together with a subsistence allowance in accordance with Regulation 6 for payments to Examiners and Assessors.

Master of Surgery

Standing of candidates.

1. Any person may apply, in accordance with Regulation 4 below, to become a candidate for the degree of Master of Surgery who

  1. either(a)holds a primary degree of the University,
  2. or(b)has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation,
  3. and also holds
  4. eithera medical degree giving entitlement to provisional or full registration with the General Medical Council,
  5. ora degree recognized by that Council for the purpose of full registration,
  6. ora medical degree approved by the M.Chir. Committee for the purpose of candidature.

No person whose candidature has been approved under Regulation 4 shall submit a thesis, or other work approved under Regulation 6, until five years have elapsed since he or she was admitted

  1. eitherto the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery,
  2. orto the degree of Bachelor of Surgery under Regulation 5 of the special regulations for the conferment of the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery,
  3. orto a medical degree of another university as defined above.
M.Chir. Committee.

2. There shall be an M.Chir. Committee which shall consist of:

  1. (a)the Professor of Surgery, or a deputy appointed by the Professor, as Chairman;
  2. (b)the Secretary of the Committee (see Regulation 3);
  3. (c)five members of the Faculty of Clinical Medicine, at least two of whom shall be persons holding Professorships or Readerships in the Faculty;
  4. (d)five practising surgeons, at least one of whom shall be a Consultant Surgeon to the Cambridge University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust and at least two of whom shall be persons not resident in the University.

Members in classes (c) and (d) shall be appointed by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine in the Michaelmas Term to serve for two years from 1 January following their appointment. Five members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum.

Secretary.

3. In the Michaelmas Term of every second year the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine shall appoint a member of the Faculty to act as Secretary of the M.Chir. Committee for two years from 1 January following the date of appointment. Subject to the approval of the General Board, the Faculty Board may pay the Secretary a stipend. If the Secretary is prevented by illness or other cause from performing any of the duties prescribed in these regulations, the Faculty Board on the nomination of the Professor of Surgery shall appoint some other member of the Faculty of Clinical Medicine to act as a deputy.

Applications.

4. A person who wishes to become a candidate for the degree shall send to the Secretary of the M.Chir. Committee

  1. (a)an application on a form obtainable from the Secretary;
  2. (b)details of the applicant's postgraduate appointments and surgical experience;
  3. (c)one copy of any published work that the applicant wishes the Committee to consider;
  4. (d)an application fee of £220.

The Committee shall decide whether or not to approve the applicant as a candidate for the degree, and the Secretary shall inform the applicant accordingly.

Thesis.

5. Except as provided in Regulation 6, a person approved as a candidate for the degree shall submit a thesis specially composed for the purpose,20 containing original observations which may be based on clinical work or laboratory work or a combination of the two. Each candidate shall send to the Secretary of the Committee, on a form obtainable from the Secretary, an application for approval of the proposed title of the thesis; such an application shall include an outline of the work on which the thesis will be based, and shall specify the nature of any special branch of surgery in which the candidate is interested. The Secretary shall submit each application to the Committee, who may refer it to one or more referees for their opinion and advice before deciding whether to approve, reject, or suggest some modification of the candidate's proposal. The Secretary shall communicate the Committee's decision to the candidate.

Previously published work.

6. In exceptional circumstances a candidate may apply to the Committee for permission to submit instead of a thesis work which has been previously published. Such an application shall be accompanied by a declaration that the work in question is not substantially the same as any work that the candidate may have submitted for a degree, diploma, or other qualification at this or any other university. The Secretary shall communicate to the candidate the Committee's approval or rejection of the application.

Submission of thesis.

7. A candidate who has obtained the approval of the Committee under Regulation 5(b) or Regulation 6 shall submit to the Secretary of the Committee, not later than six years after the date of such approval, unless given special permission by the Committee to delay submission until a later date:

  1. (a)three copies of the thesis, in a form approved by the Committee,21 or of published work which the Committee have given the candidate leave to submit under Regulation 6;
  2. (b)if the thesis is based wholly or partly on work already published, three copies of such work;
  3. (c)a submission fee of £500.
Examiners.

8. After preliminary consideration by the M.Chir. Committee the thesis or published work shall be sent to two or more Examiners appointed by the Committee who need not be members of the Committee. The Examiners shall be required to submit independent written reports to the Committee.

Viva voce examination.

9. A candidate may be examined viva voce by the two Examiners appointed under Regulation 8; the Chairman or the Secretary of the M.Chir. Committee, or another member of the Committee, shall preside at such an examination. The two Examiners shall sign a joint report on the candidate's performance in the examination.

Reports.

10. The M.Chir. Committee shall consider a candidate's thesis or published work and the reports of the Examiners thereon at a meeting at which not less than five members are present. If in their opinion the thesis is not of a sufficiently high standard the Committee may, on the recommendation of the Examiners, allow the candidate to submit a revised thesis on one occasion only without being required to pay any additional fee.

Approval for degree.

11. If the Committee are satisfied that a candidate's work is of the requisite standard, they shall resolve that the candidate be approved for the degree and the Secretary shall send a certificate to that effect to the Registrary. This certificate and the title of the candidate's thesis or published work shall be published in the Reporter.

Payments.

12. The payments to be made to the Secretary of the M.Chir. Committee, and to referees and Examiners, shall be as prescribed in the Schedule to these regulations.

13. A candidate who has been approved for the degree of M.Chir. shall be qualified to proceed to the degree. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

Deposit in Libraries.

14. A successful candidate shall deposit in the University Library and the Medical Library a copy of the thesis or other work submitted in a form approved by the M.Chir. Committee.

SCHEDULE

Payments to Examiners

To the person presiding at a viva voce examination: £45.

To a referee (Regulation 5): £45.

To an Examiner (Regulation 8) for examining and reporting on a thesis and for taking part in a viva voce examination if required to do so: £135.

To an external Examiner who is required to take part in a viva voce examination an additional: £90.

Each external Examiner shall also receive railway fares to and from the place of each examination at which he or she is required to be present together with a subsistence allowance in accordance with Regulation 6 for payments to Examiners and Assessors.

Review of the Results of Examinations for the Degrees of Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgery

1. The M.D. Committee or the M.Chir. Committee, as the case may be, shall consider any representations made by or on behalf of a candidate which constitute a complaint about the conduct of the examination in that candidate's case for the degree of Doctor of Medicine or Master of Surgery, respectively, provided that such representations shall not be considered unless they are received by the Assessor to the Regius Professor of Medicine or the Secretary of the M.Chir. Committee, respectively, not later than six months after the date on which the result of the examination was communicated by the Assessor or the Secretary to the candidate. In exceptional circumstances the Committee concerned may allow an extension of this deadline of up to three months.

2. If after considering any representations made by or on behalf of a candidate under Regulation 1 the Committee concerned are satisfied that the examination of that candidate was properly conducted and that the complaint is unjustified, the Committee shall so inform the candidate. If they are not so satisfied, they shall have power to reconsider their earlier decision or to refer the representations to a Review Committee constituted in accordance with Regulation 4. The Committee shall inform the candidate of their decision not more than three months following receipt of the representations.

Review Committee.

3. The Committee concerned shall refer to a Review Committee constituted in accordance with Regulation 4 any representations which may be made by or on behalf of a candidate after he or she has been informed of a decision taken by the Committee under Regulation 2 above, provided that such representations shall not be considered unless they are received by the Assessor or the Secretary, respectively, within six months of the date on which the decision taken under Regulation 2 was communicated by the Assessor or the Secretary to the candidate. In exceptional circumstances the Review Committee may allow an extension of this deadline of up to three months.

Membership.

4. A Review Committee appointed under these regulations shall consist of:

  1. (a)the Vice-Chancellor, or a duly appointed deputy, as Chairman;
  2. (b)two persons appointed by the General Board from the panel of members maintained by the Board under Regulation 6 of the regulations for the review of the results of examinations for postgraduate qualifications.22

In selecting members of the panel for appointment as members of the Review Committee, the General Board shall exclude any person who has been involved in the particular case at an earlier stage. A person appointed a member of a Review Committee shall serve until the conclusion of the particular case for which he or she was appointed.

Secretary.

5. A person appointed by the Academic Secretary, shall act as Secretary to the Review Committee.

6. For the purpose of these regulations the term ‘complainant’ shall mean the student making a complaint, or on whose behalf a complaint is made.

7. The Secretary to the Review Committee shall notify the complainant of the persons appointed to be members of the Review Committee. The complainant shall be entitled to object for good cause to any member so appointed. The Vice-Chancellor shall rule on any such objection, and his or her decision shall be final. If the Vice-Chancellor allows such an objection, another person shall be appointed to replace the person who was the subject of the objection.

Grounds for complaint.

8. The Review Committee shall consider any representations referred to them under Regulation 2 or Regulation 3 which in the judgement of the Review Committee constitute a complaint on one or more of the following grounds:

  1. (a)that there existed material circumstances relating directly to the examination of which the Examiners were not aware;
  2. (b)that procedural irregularities occurred in the conduct of the examination, which were of such a nature as to cause reasonable doubt as to whether the Examiners would have reached the same conclusion had the irregularities not occurred;
  3. (c)that there is demonstrable evidence of prejudice, bias, or inadequate assessment in the examination process.

If the Review Committee are of the view that a complaint does not fall within any of the grounds specified above, they shall dismiss the complaint and shall inform the complainant and the M.D. Committee or the M.Chir. Committee, as the case may be, accordingly.

Statement of complaint.

9. When a representation is to be considered by a Review Committee the complainant shall furnish a full statement of the complaint and of the grounds on which the complaint is based, which shall be submitted to the Review Committee not later than a date to be determined by them. The Review Committee shall appoint a day and time for a hearing at which the complainant shall be entitled to be present and to be accompanied by an adviser or a representative who may speak on his or her behalf.

10. Any statement of a complaint received by the Review Committee under Regulation 9 shall be made available to each of the following:

  1. (a)the M.D. Committee or the M.Chir. Committee, as the case may be;
  2. (b)the Examiners concerned;
  3. (c)any other person or body specified by the Review Committee.

Each of these parties shall be given an opportunity to submit a written statement to the Review Committee in response to the complaint. Such a statement may include the reports of the Examiners or extracts from those reports. The Review Committee shall have power to seek statements from other persons or bodies, as they think fit.

11. Any statement submitted to the Review Committee under Regulation 10 shall be made available to the complainant and to the other parties specified in that regulation, each of whom shall be afforded an opportunity to comment on it.

Decision of Review Committee.

12. A Review Committee shall consider any complaint or any representations referred to them under Regulation 2 or Regulation 3 and shall have power to dismiss the complaint or, if they consider it justified:

  1. (a)to require the M.D. Committee or the M.Chir. Committee, as the case may be, to reconsider their earlier decisions on the particular case;
  2. (b)to require the Examiners to re-consider the candidate's submitted work;
  3. (c)to require the Examiners to hold a further oral examination;
  4. (d)to permit the candidate to submit a revised dissertation or thesis, or additional published work, to be examined by the same Examiners;
  5. (e)to require the M.D. Committee or the M.Chir. Committee, as the case may be, to appoint one or more additional Examiners to make an independent report or reports on the work submitted by the candidate;
  6. (f)to require the M.D. Committee or the M.Chir. Committee, as the case may be, to appoint new Examiners to replace the Examiners previously appointed, and to permit the candidate
  7. either(i)to be re-examined by the new Examiners,
  8. or(ii)to submit a revised dissertation, thesis, or additional published work, to be examined by the new Examiners;
Notification of decision.

13. The Secretary to the Review Committee shall send written notification of the Committee's decision and the reasons for it to the complainant and to the other parties specified in Regulation 10.

14. The decision of a Review Committee on any particular case shall be final.

Temporary Regulation

15. These regulations shall apply to all examinations held on or after 1 October 2003. For the purpose of this regulation an examination shall be deemed to be held on the day on which the candidate's dissertation, thesis, or other submitted work is received by the Assessor or the Secretary.

DEGREES IN MUSIC

Bachelor of Music

Scheme of examination.

1. The examination for the degree of Bachelor of Music shall consist of two sections, as follows:

Section I.

An instrumental or vocal recital lasting not less than forty minutes.

Section II.

  1. (a)A dissertation of not less than 10,000 words and not more than 15,000 words (excluding appendices) on a subject proposed by the candidate and approved by the Faculty Board of Music.
  2. (b)A paper of three hours’ duration on the background of the subject of the candidate's dissertation.

A candidate may be examined orally on questions arising from the recital or the dissertation.

Supplementary regulations.

2. The Faculty Board of Music shall have power to define or limit by supplementary regulations all or any of the subjects of the examination; to determine the credit that shall be assigned to such subjects respectively; and to make, amend, or withdraw any such supplementary regulation as occasion may require; provided that the Faculty Board shall give public notice of any new supplementary regulation or alteration of the supplementary regulations not later than the Easter Term next but one before the term in which the first examination to be affected is to be held.

Who may be a candidate.

3. Any student may be a candidate for the Mus.B. Examination who at the time of the examination (a) has kept seven terms and (b) has obtained honours, or attained the honours standard, in any Part of the Music Tripos; provided that no student shall in the same term be a candidate for the Mus.B. Examination and for any other University examination except the examination for the Diploma or Certificate in Modern Languages.

4. No student shall be a candidate for the Mus.B. Examination on more than one occasion except as provided in Regulation 5.

Re-examination.

5. The two sections of the examination shall be taken together, except that a candidate who has satisfied the Examiners at the first attempt in only one section may be re-examined in the other section alone on not more than one occasion.

6. A candidate shall send to the Secretary of the Faculty Board of Music, not later than the division of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination,

  1. (a)a list of the works that he or she proposes to perform, and
  2. (b)the proposed subject of his or her dissertation.

Candidates must obtain the approval of their proposed subjects by the Faculty Board not later than the last day of Full Michaelmas Term. Dissertations shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Faculty Board not later than the eighth day of Full Easter Term.

Class-lists.

7. The names of the candidates who have satisfied the Examiners in one or both sections of the examination shall be arranged in alphabetical order in a single class. The class-list shall indicate the section or sections of the examination in which each candidate has satisfied the Examiners. A mark of distinction may be attached to the name of any candidate whose work in either section of the examination is of special merit provided that he or she has satisfied the Examiners in both sections on the same occasion.

Qualification for proceeding to the degree.

8. A student who has satisfied the Examiners in both sections of the examination, whether taken together or on different occasions, shall be qualified to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Music as soon as he or she has kept nine terms, provided that a student who has thus satisfied the Examiners before completing nine terms’ residence, and who elects to proceed to the B.A. Degree, shall not also be entitled to proceed to the Mus.B. Degree.

Examiners and Assessors.

9. The Faculty Board shall nominate not more than three Examiners for the Mus.B. Examination. In addition the Faculty Board may nominate such number of Assessors as they shall deem sufficient.

Fee for a graduate.

10. A student who takes the Mus.B. Examination after having been admitted to the B.A. Degree, but who has not paid a University Composition Fee for any term since completing the requirements for that degree, shall pay a fee of £60 on first taking the Mus.B. Examination; no further fee shall be payable by such a candidate on re-examination under Regulation 5 or on admission to the Mus.B. Degree.

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATION

Section I

Candidates shall submit a programme lasting approximately ninety minutes of instrumental or vocal music. From this the Examiners will hear a recital of at least forty minutes’ music. Each candidate shall be responsible for providing an accompanist and a page turner, where required, and shall provide an additional copy of the works for the Examiners.

Master of Music

Grace 2 of 18 November 2009

Candidature.

1. A candidate for the M.Mus. Examination must be approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Music.

2. The Degree Committee may approve as a candidate for the M.Mus. Examination any candidate who has satisfied the Committee that by reason of previous study he or she is qualified to engage in postgraduate work in Choral Studies.

Method of application.

3. Applications for approval under Regulation 2 shall be sent to the Secretary of the Degree Committee so as to arrive not later than 31 March next preceding the date on which the applicant wishes her or his candidature to begin, provided that the Committee shall have power to consider applications submitted after that date.

4. No student shall be a candidate for the M.Mus. Examination, or for any part thereof, on more than one occasion, or for the M.Mus. Examination and another University examination in the same term.

5. A candidate for the M.Mus. Examination shall pursue in the University, under the direction of a Supervisor appointed by the Degree Committee, a course of study extending over three terms.

6. The Faculty Board of Music shall announce not later than the end of the Easter Term each year the list of variable topics and set works to be covered in the course during the following academical year.

M.Mus. Examination.

7. The M.Mus. Examination shall consist of four elements, divided into three sections as follows:

Section 1: Choral conducting

The examination shall consist of the rehearsal and direction, over a period of thirty minutes, of performances of two pieces chosen by the Examiners on the day of the examination from a list of six announced by the Faculty Board.

Section 2: Seminar course

The examination shall consist of a written paper of three hours’ duration, prescribed by the Examiners. Candidates shall answer three questions from at least five topics announced by the Faculty Board; each answer shall relate to a different topic.

Section 3: Options

Each candidate shall choose two options from three: (i) an extended essay of not more than 6,000 words, including notes but excluding appendices; (ii) a critical edition of a piece of choral music unavailable in a modern scholarly edition; (iii) an organ recital of thirty minutes in length, for which a set work will be announced by the Faculty Board; or, alternatively, a performance as continuo accompanist, for which scores will be provided for the candidates in advance of the examination.

The Examiners shall have power to examine a candidate viva voce on any or all of the elements contained within Sections 1–3 of the examination.

8. In order to satisfy the Examiners, candidates must achieve a pass mark in all three sections of the Examination.

9. Each candidate shall undertake two College placements, each of one term’s duration, with an all-male choir and a mixed-voice choir, upon which the Directors of Music of the participating Colleges shall each write a report for the consideration of the Examiners. The Examiners may take the reports into account when awarding a final mark or a mark of distinction.

Supplementary regulations.

10. The Faculty Board shall have power to issue supplementary regulations determining the scope and manner of assessment of the examination, and shall be empowered to amend such supplementary regulations from time to time as they may think fit, due care being taken that sufficient notice is given of any change.

Examiners and Assessors.

11. The Faculty Board shall nominate for each academical year such number of Examiners and Assessors as they may deem sufficient, including a resident member of the Senate as Chairman of Examiners, and a Specialist External Examiner.

Class-list.

12. The names of the candidates who have satisfied the Examiners shall be arranged in alphabetical order in a single class. A mark of distinction shall be affixed to the names of those students whose work is considered by the Examiners to be of special merit. The Chairman of Examiners shall communicate the marks of all candidates to the Registrary.

Fee.

13. While studying in the University for the M.Mus. Examination, a candidate shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each term of such study.

14. A student who has satisfactorily completed the course and has satisfied the Examiners in the M.Mus. Examination shall be entitled to proceed to the degree of M.Mus.

Relation to courses of research.

15. A student who has taken the M.Mus. Examination shall not be entitled to count any part of the period during which he or she has been a candidate for that examination towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., or M.Litt.

Doctor of Music

1. A student proceeding to the degree of Doctor of Music shall be required to give proof of distinction in musical composition.

Standing of candidates.

2. Any person may be a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Music who is a graduate of the University and who

  1. either(a)is of not less than eight years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of the University,
  2. or(b)is of not less than eight years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of some other university and has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation.
Method of application.

3. Such candidate shall apply in writing to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies and shall send with the application:

  1. (a)not more than three works composed by the candidate (printed or otherwise) upon which his or her claim to the degree is based, such works to include either an oratorio, an opera, a cantata, a symphony for orchestra, a concerto, or an extended piece of chamber music;
  2. (b)a summary of not more than 500 words relating to the candidate's style and ideology as a composer;
  3. (c)a fee of £582 for the Chest, which must be paid at each application made by a candidate.

4. Such applications shall be referred to the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Music.

Reports on works sent in to be obtained.

5. If such Committee shall be of opinion that these compositions constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, they shall obtain separate reports upon them from the Professor of Music and from not less than two additional persons, who may be members of the Committee or not. These reports shall be treated as confidential documents. If referees are not appointed, £510 out of the fee of £582 paid by the applicant under Regulation 3 shall be returned.

Fees for referees, and an Assessor.

6. Each referee shall receive a fee of £175 from the Chest. A fee of £42 may be paid to an Assessor appointed by the Degree Committee to establish whether an application under Regulation 3 constitutes prima facie a qualification for the degree. If an Assessor is subsequently appointed a referee the fee of £42 shall form part of the fee of £175 due to him or her as a referee. The Board of Graduate Studies may approve the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by referees in connection with the execution of their duties.

Approval for degree.

7. If it be decided to grant the degree, a resolution of the Degree Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the referees.

Publication of name of successful candidate.

If the Board of Graduate Studies after receiving such a communication resolve that the degree should be conferred, the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies shall publish the name of the candidate as approved for the degree of Doctor of Music. Such a resolution shall not be valid unless passed with the concurrence of the votes, cast at a meeting, of eight members of the Board.

Unsuccessful candidate to be informed.

8. If the Degree Committee, either without obtaining a report or after receiving the reports of the referees, are of the opinion that the work submitted by the candidate is not of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution to that effect shall be passed, and a copy of the resolution, with the numbers of those present and voting on either side, shall be sent to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, together with the reports of the referees if these have been obtained. The Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies shall communicate this decision of the Degree Committee to the candidate. This information shall not be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies except with the approval of the Chairman.

Candidate not to be present.

9. No candidate for a degree shall be present at the deliberations either of the Committee or of the Board of Graduate Studies respecting his or her own case.

Case of unpublished works.

10. Should none of the works approved have been published, the Committee may require the candidate either to publish, or to deposit in the University Library, one of them, before being admitted to the degree.

11. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

MASTER OF NATURAL SCIENCES (M.Sci.)

On completing the requisite number of terms,23 a student who has obtained honours in Part III of the Natural Sciences Tripos shall be entitled to proceed to the M.Sci. Degree.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY, MASTER OF SCIENCE, AND MASTER OF LETTERS24

Requirements for degrees and dispensations.

1. Subject to clauses (a)–(e) below, a Graduate Student shall pursue in the University, or such other place as the Board and the Degree Committee concerned shall determine, under supervision a course of research

  1. (i)if the student seeks the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree by full-time study, for not less than six terms;
  2. (ii)if the student seeks the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree by part-time study, for not less than ten terms;
  3. (iii)if the student seeks the Ph.D. Degree by full-time study, for not less than nine terms;
  4. (iv)if the student seeks the Ph.D. Degree by part-time study, for not less than fifteen terms.

The number of terms referred to shall begin with the term from which the student is registered for a course of research as a candidate for the particular degree and shall be consecutive except in so far as the student may have been allowed to intermit his or her course under clause (c) below, or except in so far as the Board may have determined that he or she shall not be allowed to count any particular term towards the requirements for a degree.

  1. (a)The Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, may exempt from up to three terms of his or her full-time course or from up to five terms of his or her part-time course a Graduate Student who is registered as a candidate for the Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt. Degree, provided that before admission as a Graduate Student he or she had been engaged
  2. either(i)in full-time or part-time research
  3. or(ii)in other work done after graduation deemed by the Degree Committee and the Board to have provided satisfactory training for the course of research in question.
  4. (b)The Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, may allow a Graduate Student to spend all but three terms of his or her full-time course of research or five terms of a part-time course of research as a candidate for a degree, or any lesser number of terms, working under supervision outside the University under conditions approved by the Degree Committee and the Board.
  5. (c)On account of illness or other sufficient cause, the Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, may allow a Graduate Student to intermit his or her course of research for one or more terms. Such terms shall not count for any purpose of these regulations except as provided in Regulation 7 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.
  6. (d)If the Council have granted a student registered for a full-time course an allowance of terms of residence under Regulation 2 in respect of work done by the student in the University before matriculation, the Board, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, may grant the student an allowance in respect of such work towards the period during which he or she is required to pursue a course of research in the University under this regulation, provided that the number of terms so allowed shall not exceed the number of terms allowed by the Council in respect of such work. For every term so allowed the student shall pay the appropriate fee as prescribed in Regulation 11 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.
  7. (e)On the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned, the Board may allow a Graduate Student to count towards his or her course of research as a candidate for a degree a period during which he or she was a candidate for another qualification as set out in Regulation 5(c), 5(e), or 5(f) of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Students or for the following Diplomas or Certificates:
  8. (i)a student who is qualified to receive, or who has received, the Diploma in Economics, or the Postgraduate Diplomas in International Law, or in Legal Studies, as the case may be, may be allowed to count not more than three terms of the period during which he or she was a candidate for the Diploma concerned towards a full-time course or not more than five terms towards a part-time course;
  9. (ii)a student who is qualified to receive, but who has not received, a Certificate of Postgraduate Study may be allowed to count not more than three terms of the period during which he or she was a candidate for the Certificate concerned towards a full-time course or not more than five terms towards a part-time course.

Every application for dispensation under clauses (a)–(e) shall be made in writing to the Secretary of the Board, and shall be accompanied by a written opinion from the applicant's Supervisor.

2. On the recommendation of the Board, the Council may grant to a Graduate Student in respect of work done in the University before matriculation, if the student's matriculation was delayed for sufficient cause, an allowance of terms, not exceeding three in number, towards the minimum of three terms required to be kept under Regulation 7 for the Precincts of the University and residence for full-time study leading to the M.Sc., M.Litt., or Ph.D. Degree.

3. The Board may grant to a Graduate Student, after considering an application supported by the student's Tutor, the following allowance of terms of research towards satisfying the requirements of Regulation 1, on account of illness or other grave cause:

  1. (a)one or two terms of research to a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree who would otherwise be required to complete nine terms of research;
  2. (b)up to three terms of research to a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree who would otherwise be required to complete fifteen terms of research;
  3. (c)one term of research to a candidate for a degree who would otherwise be required to complete five terms of research;
  4. (d)one or two terms of research to a candidate for a degree who would otherwise be required to complete ten terms of research.

For every term so allowed the student shall pay the appropriate fee as prescribed in Regulation 11 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Exceptional dispensations.

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 1 of these regulations and Regulation 4 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student, the Board shall have power, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned, to permit a Graduate Student to pursue a course of research, as a candidate for the Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt. Degree, in a particular institution outside the University, under such conditions as may be prescribed by the Degree Committee and the Board. Applications under this regulation shall be made in writing to the Secretary of the Board, and shall be accompanied by a written opinion from the applicant's Supervisor.

Conditions for proceeding to the Ph.D. after M.Sc. or M.Litt.

5. A Graduate Student who, having pursued a course of research registered as a candidate for the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree, has been approved for the award of one of those degrees, may be registered as a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree. The Board shall determine the conditions of candidature for a student so registered, after considering recommendations by the Degree Committee, provided that:

  1. (a)a student shall not submit a dissertation in candidature for the Ph.D. Degree until he or she has completed at least five terms of full-time research or nine terms of part-time research under supervision subsequent to the term or vacation in which he or she submitted a dissertation for the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree;
  2. (b)a student shall spend at least three of the five terms pursuing full-time research or five of the nine terms pursuing part-time research in the University, or at a particular institution as provided under Regulation 4; and
  3. (c)if a student has proceeded to the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree, the Examiners conducting the examination for the Ph.D. Degree shall not take account of any work that was included in the dissertation submitted by the student in candidature for the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree.

A student who has been approved for the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree under Regulation 14 shall not be registered as a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree.

Submission of dissertation.

6. The examination for the degrees of Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt. shall consist of

  1. (a)the submission of a dissertation embodying the results of the candidate's approved course of research, which shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 7–9;
  2. (b)an examination, conducted orally or in writing, on the subject of the dissertation and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, provided that in exceptional circumstances, and on the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned, the Board may dispense with such an examination.

By special permission of the Degree Committee, a candidate may submit with the dissertation published work which is not connected with the subject of the dissertation or related to it; such work may be considered by the Examiners at their discretion.

7. A candidate may submit her or his dissertation not earlier than the first day of the term during which he or she expects to complete the requirements of Regulation 1 and not later than the last day of the fourth year after the student was registered as a full-time candidate for the degree or the last day of the seventh year after the student was registered as a part-time candidate for the degree, provided that, with the permission of the Board, a dissertation may be submitted later than that day. An allowance of terms made by the Council under Regulation 2 and by the Board under Regulation 1(d) shall count in calculating the standing of a student for the purpose of this regulation as shall an exemption under Regulation 1(a).

8. In submitting their dissertations, candidates shall state, generally in a preface and specifically in notes or in a bibliography, the sources from which their information is derived, the extent to which they have availed themselves of the work of others, and the portions of the dissertation which are claimed as original. They shall also be required to declare that the dissertation submitted is not substantially the same as any that they may have submitted for a degree or diploma or similar qualification; save that the Board shall have power to allow a candidate to submit a dissertation that he or she has already submitted for a qualification other than a degree or diploma or similar qualification at any university or similar institution. A dissertation, apart from quotations, shall be written in English. Each Degree Committee shall have power to specify a maximum length for dissertations submitted by students working under its supervision.

9. Two copies of each candidate's dissertation, accompanied by three copies of a summary of about 300 words in length, shall be sent to the Secretary of the Board, who shall forward the two copies of the dissertation and two copies of the summary to the Secretary of the Degree Committee concerned. In special circumstances the Board, after consulting the Degree Committee, may allow a candidate to submit one copy only of the dissertation. The dissertation shall be referred to two Examiners, appointed by the Degree Committee. Each Examiner shall make an independent report to the Degree Committee on the dissertation. The two Examiners shall jointly conduct the oral or written examination specified in Regulation 6(b), and shall sign a joint certificate of the result; if the examination is conducted orally, both Examiners shall be present, provided that the Board of Graduate Studies in exceptional circumstances may permit the Examiners to conduct the oral examination by video-conference or other remote means. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendations or if for any other reason the Degree Committee or the Board need a further opinion or opinions on the merit of the work submitted the Degree Committee may appoint an additional Examiner or additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner shall be appointed without leave of the Board. Each additional Examiner so appointed shall make an independent report on the dissertation to the Degree Committee.

10. If a candidate fails to satisfy the Examiners in the oral or other examination specified in Regulation 6(b), the Degree Committee may permit the candidate to be re-examined by the same Examiners. Permission so given shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board and shall not be given on more than one occasion. Each Examiner who takes part in an examination under this regulation shall be paid a fee of £42 in addition to any fees to which he or she may be entitled under Regulation 11, and may also claim travelling expenses in accordance with the provisions of that regulation.

Payments to Examiners.

11. Each Examiner shall receive a fee from the Chest. Such a fee shall be £135 if the Examiner takes part in the oral or other examination specified in Regulation 6(b), or £100 if the Examiner does not so take part, either because the Board, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, have dispensed with the oral or other examination or for any other reason. Examiners may claim travelling expenses, on terms and conditions specified by the Board of Graduate Studies, if their place of residence is more than ten miles from Great St Mary's Church or if an oral examination or a consultation between the Examiners is for good reason held outside Cambridge. The Board may also approve payment of other reasonable expenses incurred by an Examiner in connection with the execution of his or her duties. A subsistence allowance may be claimed by Examiners at rates determined from time to time by the Finance Committee of the Council, provided that payment may be made only in respect of a day or a night on which the Examiner's absence from his or her normal place of residence in connection with the execution of his or her duties is necessary. The travelling expenses of a candidate who is required to travel to an oral or other examination outside Cambridge may be paid in whole or in part, at rates determined by the Board of Graduate Studies; such a candidate may also claim a subsistence allowance at rates determined from time to time by the Finance Committee, under the same conditions as apply to the Examiners.

Approval for degree.

12. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners on a student's dissertation and on his or her performance in the oral or other examination, the Degree Committee are satisfied that the student's work is of the requisite standard for the degree for which he or she is a candidate, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. If the Board, after receiving such communication, at a meeting at which not less than five members of the Board are present, resolve that the candidate be approved for the degree sought, the Secretary of the Board shall publish a notice of the candidate's approval for the award of the Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt. Degree, as the case may be.

Revised dissertation.

13. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee consider that a student's dissertation is not of the requisite standard for the degree for which he or she is a candidate, the Board may permit the student to submit a revised dissertation, but they shall not do so unless the Degree Committee have expressly recommended that such permission be given. The communication conveying such a recommendation by a Degree Committee shall contain the names of those present and voting on either side, and shall be accompanied by the reports of the Examiners. A student shall not be allowed to submit a revised dissertation on more than one occasion.

Approval for a lower degree in lieu of Ph.D.

14. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee consider that a student's work is not of the standard requisite for the Ph.D. Degree, but that it is of the standard requisite for the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree, as the case may be, their resolution to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. If after receiving such communication the Board decide, at a meeting at which not less than five members of the Board are present, that the candidate could properly be approved for the award of a lower degree, the Secretary of the Board shall ask the candidate whether he or she is willing to be approved for the award of the M.Sc. or M.Litt. Degree, as appropriate. Subject to the candidate's agreement being received by the Secretary not later than the last day of the term following the term or vacation in which the decision on his or her candidature was made, the Board shall approve the candidate for the award of that degree and the Secretary shall publish a notice of such approval. The Board may, in exceptional circumstances, which they shall themselves determine, accept a candidate's agreement at a later date.

15. The Board shall be the deciding authority on all recommendations communicated to them by Degree Committees that candidates be approved for the award of degrees or that they be allowed to submit revised dissertations. The Board shall not approve a candidate for the award of a degree unless the Degree Committee have recommended the award of that degree; before refusing an award so recommended they shall give a representative appointed by the Degree Committee an opportunity of explaining the Committee's reasons for their recommendation.

Failure.

16. If after considering the reports of the Examiners the Degree Committee resolve that a candidate's work is not of the requisite standard for any degree, and if they do not recommend that the candidate be allowed to submit a revised dissertation, their resolution to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board, together with the reports of the Examiners. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

17. Before being admitted to a degree, a student shall deposit with the Secretary of the Board one copy of her or his dissertation and one copy of the summary, both the dissertation and the summary being in a form approved by the Board. The Secretary shall deposit the copy of the dissertation together with the copy of the summary in the University Library where, subject to restricted access to the dissertation for a specified period of time having been granted by the Board of Graduate Studies, they shall be made available for consultation by readers in accordance with University Library regulations and copies of the dissertation provided to readers in accordance with applicable legislation.

Doctor of Philosophy:25 Special Regulations

Eligibility of candidates.

1. A candidate wishing to proceed to the Ph.D. Degree under these regulations shall be required to give proof of a significant contribution to scholarship.

2. Except as provided in Regulations 3 and 4 below any person may be a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy who is a graduate of the University and who

  1. either(a)is of not less than six years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of the University,
  2. or(b)is of not less than six years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of some other university and has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation.

3. A person shall not be eligible to proceed to the Ph.D. Degree under these regulations if he or she has been approved for the Ph.D. Degree under the regulations for Research Students,26 or under the regulations for the Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt. Degrees.

4. A graduate of the University who has been examined for the Ph.D. Degree under the regulations for Research Students,26 or under the regulations for the Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt. Degrees, but has not been approved for the Ph.D. Degree, may become a candidate under these regulations after a period of not less than five years from the date of submitting a dissertation or a revised dissertation, as the case may be, for the Ph.D. Degree, provided that he or she is of standing in accordance with Regulation 2 above.

Application.

5. A candidate for the Ph.D. Degree under these regulations shall apply in writing to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, specifying the published work or works on which his or her claim to the degree is based, and naming the Faculty or other approved institution within whose scope these works fall. A candidate shall send with the application a fee of £462 for the Chest, and two copies of each of the works specified; a candidate shall also submit an introductory summary in the form of a statement of between 1,000 and 5,000 words summarizing the rationale behind the works submitted, the extent to which the works represent a consistent body of research, and the original contribution to knowledge they make. All the works submitted, apart from quotations, shall be written in English, unless in a particular case the Degree Committee have allowed a candidate to submit material in some other language.

6. A candidate, in submitting an application, shall be required (a) to declare that the submission as a whole is not substantially the same as any that he or she has previously made or is currently making, whether in published or in unpublished form, for a degree, diploma, or similar qualification at any university or similar institution, (b) to state what parts if any of the work or works now submitted have previously been submitted for any such qualification, and (c) to declare that, until the outcome of the current application to this University is known, the work or works submitted will not be submitted for any such qualification at another university or similar institution; save that the Board shall have power to allow a candidate to submit certain works that he or she may have already submitted unsuccessfully for any such qualification, or that he or she may have already submitted or is concurrently submitting for some other purpose at any university or similar institution. A candidate who submits work published jointly with others shall submit such evidence as to the extent of his or her own contribution to that work as the Board may require.

7. The Secretary of the Board shall forward to the Secretary of the relevant Degree Committee two copies of the published work or works submitted by the candidate, together with copies of the following: the candidate's application, the candidate's introductory summary, and any evidence submitted by the candidate concerning the extent of his or her contribution to work published jointly with others. If the Degree Committee concerned are of the opinion that the published work or works submitted constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, they shall appoint not less than two Examiners and shall refer the application to them. If Examiners are not appointed, £396 out of the fee of £462 paid by the applicant under Regulation 5 shall be returned.

Examination.

8. The examination for the Ph.D. Degree under these regulations shall consist of the submission of published work, and of an oral examination on the work submitted and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The oral examination shall be held in the United Kingdom with both Examiners present unless permission to hold it elsewhere or, in exceptional circumstances, by video-conference or other remote means has been granted by the Board of Graduate Studies.

9. Each Examiner shall make an independent report on the published work or works before the oral examination and shall sign a joint certificate of the result of the oral examination.

10. If the Examiners are not satisfied with the candidate's performance in the oral examination, the Degree Committee may allow the candidate to be examined orally on one more occasion at a time to be appointed by the Examiners. Permission so given shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board. Each Examiner who takes part in an examination under this regulation shall be paid a fee of £42 in addition to any fees to which he or she may be entitled in respect of the examination of the candidate, and may also claim travelling expenses in accordance with Regulation 12.

11. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendations or if for any other reason the Degree Committee or the Board need a further opinion or opinions on the merit of the work submitted, the Degree Committee may appoint an additional Examiner or additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner shall be appointed without the leave of the Board. Any additional Examiner or Examiners thus appointed shall make an independent report on the work submitted by the candidate, and may, at the discretion of such Examiner or Examiners, conduct an oral examination on that work and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

12. Each Examiner shall receive a fee of £135 from the Chest. A fee of £42 shall be paid to any person appointed by the Degree Committee to establish whether an application under Regulation 5 constitutes prima facie a qualification for the degree. If such a person is subsequently appointed an Examiner the fee of £42 shall form part of the fee of £135 due to him or her as an Examiner. When external Examiners are employed, or when an oral examination or consultation between the Examiners is held away from Cambridge, an Examiner may claim travelling expenses not exceeding the return railway-fare in the United Kingdom between the Examiner's place of residence or other place approved by the Board of Graduate Studies and the place of the oral examination or consultation. For the purpose of this regulation return railway-fare shall be taken to include boat-fare between any two ports of the United Kingdom. The Board may also (a) approve payment of travelling expenses not exceeding return rail- and boat-fare between the Examiner's place of residence and the place of examination or consultation, when one or both of those places is outside the United Kingdom, (b) approve payment of travelling expenses incurred by Examiners in travelling by air, (c) approve payment, at rates prescribed from time to time by the Finance Committee of the Council, of travelling expenses other than those provided for in (a) and (b) above, and (d) approve payment of reasonable expenses incurred by Examiners in connection with the execution of their duties.

Subsistence allowance may be claimed by Examiners, at rates to be determined from time to time by the Finance Committee, provided that payment may be made only in respect of a day or a night on which the Examiner's absence from his or her normal place of residence in connection with the execution of his or her duties is necessary.

Publication of award.

13. If the Degree Committee, on the reports of the Examiners, approve the work submitted by a candidate and his or her performance in the oral examination as of the requisite standard for the degree, their recommendation to that effect, with the names of those present and of those voting on either side, together with the reports of the Examiners, shall be communicated to the Board.

If the Board, after receiving such a communication, at a meeting at which not less than five members of the Board are present, are of the opinion that the degree should be conferred, the Secretary of the Board shall publish a notice of the candidate's approval for the award of the Ph.D. Degree.

14. If the Degree Committee, either without obtaining a report or after receiving the reports of the Examiners, are of the opinion that the work submitted by the candidate is not of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution to that effect shall be passed, and a copy of the resolution with the numbers of those present and voting on either side, together with the reports of the Examiners, if these have been obtained, shall be communicated to the Board. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

15. The Board shall be the deciding authority on all recommendations communicated to them by Degree Committees that candidates be approved for the award of the degree. The Board shall not approve a candidate for the award of the degree unless the Degree Committee have recommended that it be awarded, and before refusing an award so recommended they shall give a representative appointed by the Degree Committee an opportunity of explaining the Committee's reasons for their recommendation.

Second application.

16. If a candidate's application for the degree fails, he or she may reapply on one occasion only, after a period of not less than five years from the date of the original application.

17. A candidate whose application for the Ph.D. Degree is not approved shall not be eligible to be approved for the M.Sc. Degree or M.Litt. Degree.

18. No candidate for the degree shall be present at the deliberations either of the Degree Committee or of the Board of Graduate Studies in respect of his or her own candidature.

19. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY

Residence for the Degree of Master of Philosophy

Save as otherwise provided in the Statutes or Ordinances, no-one shall be admitted to the degree of Master of Philosophy having followed a full-time course of advanced study prescribed by Ordinance, unless he or she has kept three terms at least by residence.

Master of Philosophy

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Amended by Grace 2 of 21 July 2010

M.Phil. Degree routes.

1. The M.Phil. Degree shall be awarded for advanced study. Candidature for the degree shall be through one of the following routes:

 Route A – one year of full-time study;

 Route B – two years of full-time study, including a prescribed period of study (of not more than three terms) outside Cambridge; and

 Route C – two years of part-time study.

Each subject of study, through whichever route, together with the syllabus for the course, the special regulations for the examination, and any subsequent amendments thereof, shall be approved by the General Board on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or other body concerned, after consultation with the appropriate Degree Committee, and after submission to, and approval by, the Board of Graduate Studies.

Conduct of examination.

2. The scheme of examination for the M.Phil. Degree, including provision for an oral examination, shall be as prescribed in the appropriate special regulations for the subject as appended to these regulations. Any such prescribed scheme may require candidates also to submit a piece or pieces of written work in accordance with arrangements made by the Board of Graduate Studies on the recommendation of the appropriate Degree Committee. The examination shall be held before the end of the course, except as provided under Regulation 7, and at such time or times as may be determined by the Degree Committee concerned, subject in the case of written papers to the approval of the Board of Examinations. Each written paper shall be of three hours’ duration, unless prescribed otherwise in the regulations that apply to the examination concerned.

3. No student shall be a candidate for the M.Phil. Degree and for another University examination in the same term. No student shall be a candidate for the degree on more than one occasion.

Conditions for pursuing course.

4. A candidate for the M.Phil. Degree shall be a registered Graduate Student who, subject to the provisions of Regulation 5, shall pursue in the University or similar institution approved by the Degree Committee concerned and by the Board of Graduate Studies, the specified course under the direction of a Supervisor appointed by the Degree Committee concerned, and shall comply with any special conditions that the Degree Committee or the Board may lay down in a particular case. The course under Route A shall extend over one academical year; candidates under this Route are required to reside in Cambridge for all three terms of the year, beginning from the date announced by the Degree Committee for the start of lectures, classes, or other formal instruction.27 The courses under Routes B and C shall extend over two academical years. Students under Route B shall spend a minimum of three terms in residence in Cambridge. Students under Route C are required to attend classes or other formal instruction during the six terms of the course, beginning from the date announced by the Degree Committee.

Dispensation.

5. The Board of Graduate Studies, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, may allow a candidate for the M.Phil. Degree, on account of illness or other sufficient cause, to intermit his or her course of study. This period of intermission shall not count for any purpose of these regulations except as provided in Regulation 7 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Candidate's examination entry.

6. Details of each candidate’s examination entry and subsequent corrections thereof shall be submitted by the candidate to the Secretary of the Degree Committee concerned, and by the latter to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall transmit them to the Registrary, in accordance with the timetables set out in the Schedule appended to the regulations.

Submission of thesis.

7. Each candidate who is required to submit a thesis under the special regulations for the subject concerned shall submit two copies of the thesis in accordance with detailed arrangements approved by the Board, so as to arrive by a date which shall be determined by the Degree Committee, and which shall, for Route A, be not later than the last day of August in the academical year of the course and, for Routes B and C, the last day of August in the second academical year of the course, provided that a candidate may be permitted to submit her or his thesis at such later date as may be determined by the Degree Committee.

8. In submitting a thesis a candidate shall state, generally in a preface and specifically in notes or in a bibliography, the sources from which information has been derived, the extent to which use has been made of the work of others, and the portions of the thesis which are claimed as original. A thesis shall not be accepted if it is substantially the same as one that the candidate has submitted, or is concurrently submitting, for any other degree, diploma, or similar qualification at any university or similar institution, but a thesis which the candidate has submitted or is concurrently submitting for some other purpose may be accepted. In submitting a thesis the candidate shall declare for what purpose, if any, other than for the M.Phil. Degree, the whole or part of it has already been or is concurrently being submitted. The thesis, apart from quotations, shall be written in English. In special circumstances the Degree Committee concerned may allow a candidate to submit only one copy of the thesis. The Examiners and the Degree Committee may take into consideration any memoir or work published by the candidate which is submitted with the thesis.

Supervisor's reports.

9. Every Supervisor shall send to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies reports on the work of each candidate under his or her charge, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 8 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Examiners and Assessors.

10. The Degree Committee concerned shall appoint such number of Examiners and Assessors as they shall deem sufficient to conduct the examination for the M.Phil. and to report on the performance of a candidate to the Degree Committee. The Assessors shall undertake such duties as the Degree Committee may decide.

  1. (a)There shall be at least one External Examiner appointed for each examination. Except in the cases of examinations which consist solely of the examination of a thesis, at least one External Examiner shall be appointed as a Moderating External Examiner, who shall have responsibilities extending across a significant part of the examination in question.
  2. (b)Where the scheme of examination includes written papers, the Degree Committee shall appoint a Senior Examiner; not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term the Secretary of the Degree Committee shall communicate to the Registrary the name of the Senior Examiner and the names of the Examiners and Assessors for those papers.
  3. (c)Where the scheme of examination includes or comprises of a thesis, each candidate’s thesis shall be referred to two Examiners each of whom shall make an independent report thereon. The special regulations for the examination may provide for an oral examination on the thesis and, if so specified, on the other parts of the examination. When the oral examination relates to the thesis both Examiners of the thesis shall be among the Examiners present at the oral examination. The Degree Committee in exceptional circumstances may permit the Examiners to conduct the oral examination by video-conference or other remote means. The Examiners participating in the oral examination shall sign a joint certificate of the result, including any marks assigned thereto, of that examination. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendation, or if for any other reason the Degree Committee need a further opinion or opinions on the merit of the work submitted, the Degree Committee may appoint additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner may be appointed without the leave of the Board of Graduate Studies. Each additional Examiner so appointed shall make an independent report to the Degree Committee.
Approval for degree.

11. If the Degree Committee, at a meeting held to consider the reports of the Examiners, approve the candidate’s performance as of the requisite standard for the M.Phil. Degree and are of the opinion that the degree should be conferred, the Degree Committee shall communicate their resolution to the candidate and to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies who shall publish a notice of the candidate’s approval for the award of the degree of Master of Philosophy, specifying the subject of the examination and the route of candidature.

Failure.

12. If the Degree Committee, after consideration of a candidate’s marks and the reports of the Examiners in the prescribed examination, are of the opinion that the candidate’s work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, the Degree Committee shall communicate their resolution to the candidate and to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies. After such a resolution has been made the student concerned shall not be eligible to take the examination for the degree again.

Expenses of Examiners.

13. Payment of travelling expenses and a subsistence allowance may be claimed by Examiners in accordance with Regulation 11 of the regulations for the Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt. Degrees.

Restriction.

14. A Graduate Student whose course of study for the M.Phil. Degree has included any term needed for the B.A. Degree and who elects to proceed to the B.A. Degree shall not be entitled to proceed to the M.Phil. Degree.

SCHEDULE

In accordance with Regulation 6, details of each candidate's examinations entry shall be as set out in the following time table:

Route A candidates

     

Entries to be submitted

Details of written papers etc.

Corrections

Title of thesis etc.

By candidates to Secretaries

 of Degree Committees

By end of Full Michaelmas

 Term

 

By division of

 Lent Term

By Secretaries of Degree

 Committees to Board of

 Graduate Studies

By end of Michaelmas

 Term

By end of third week

 of Full Lent Term

By end of Lent

 Term

By Board of Graduate Studies

 to Registrary

By end of first week of

 Full Lent Term

By division of Lent Term

 

Lists of candidates for each examination shall be circulated by the Registrary to Colleges as follows:

List of entries:

By the end of the second week of Full Lent Term.

Final list of entries:

Not less than four weeks before the beginning of the examination concerned.

Route B candidates

Entries to be submitted

Details of written examinations

Corrections

Title of thesis

By candidates to Secretaries of Degree Committees

By end of Full Michaelmas Term of the year in which the examination is to be held

By end of second week of Full Lent Term of the year in which the examination is to be held

By end of Full Michaelmas Term of the second year of study

By Secretaries of Degree Committees to Board of Graduate Studies

By end of Michaelmas Term of the year in which the examination is to be held

By end of third week of Full Lent Term of the year in which the examination is to be held

By end of Michaelmas Term of the second year of study

By Board of Graduate Studies to Registrary

By end of first week of Full Lent Term of the year in which the examination is to be held

By division of Lent Term of the year in which the examination is to be held

 

Lists of candidates for each examination shall be circulated by the Registrary to Colleges as follows:

List of entries:

Final list of entries:

Not less than four weeks before the beginning of the written examination.

Route C candidates

Entries to be submitted

Details of written papers etc.

Corrections

Title of thesis etc.

By candidates to Secretaries of Degree Committees

By end of Full Michaelmas Term in first year of study

 

By division of Easter Term of first year of study

By Secretaries of Degree Committees to Board of Graduate Studies

By end of Michaelmas Term in first year of study

By end of third week of Full Lent Term in first year of study

By end of Easter Term in first year of study

By Board of Graduate Studies to Registrary

By end of first week of Lent Term in first year of study

By division of Lent Term in first year of study

 

Lists of candidates for each examination shall be circulated by the Registrary to Colleges as follows:

List of entries:

Final list of entries:

By the end of the second week of Full Lent Term in the first year of study.

Not less than four weeks before the beginning of the examination concerned.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS

Advanced Chemical Engineering

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Advanced Chemical Engineering for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)at least ten modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering not later than the end of the Easter Term of the academical year preceding that in which the examination is to be held, provided that the Degree Committee shall have power to give notice of additional optional modules not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term;
  2. (b)a thesis of not more than 10,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

2. In publishing the list of modules and additional modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise. A candidate may not offer a module that he or she has taken in any other University examination.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1, and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls.

Advanced Computer Science

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Advanced Computer Science for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of either Option A or Option B as follows:

Option A

At least twelve modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Computer Science and Technology.

Option B

  1. (a)At least six modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Computer Science and Technology;
  2. and
  3. (b)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The list of modules shall be published by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the Easter Term of the academical year preceding that in which the examination is to be held, provided that the Degree Committee shall have power to give notice of additional optional modules not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term. In publishing the list of modules and additional modules, the Degree Committee shall announce the form of examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or course-work, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise. A candidate may not offer a module that he or she has taken in any other University examination.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1, and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls.

African Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in African Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not less than 15,000 words in length, including notes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History;
  2. (b)two essays, each of not more than 5,000 words and on a topic chosen from a list of topics prescribed by the Degree Committee.

The Degree Committee shall give notice of the topics specified under (b) above not later than the division of Lent Term each year.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1.

American Literature

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in American Literature for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)such bibliographical, textual, critical, or methodological exercises as the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English shall from time to time determine;
  2. (b)two essays, each of not less than 4,000 and not more than 5,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis, of not less than 12,000 words and not more than 15,000 words in length (including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography), on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to the other work submitted by the candidate under (a) and (b) above.

Anglo-Saxon, Norse, and Celtic

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Anglo-Saxon, Norse, and Celtic for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)such bibliographical, textual, or methodological exercises as the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English shall from time to time determine;
  2. (b)two written exercises in scholarly skill, one of which may be an essay not exceeding 4,000 words in length, on topics approved or prescribed by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis, of not less than 10,000 words and not more than 15,000 words in length (including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography), on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1(a) and (b) above; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Applied Biological Anthropology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Applied Biological Anthropology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (i)a thesis of not more than 20,000 words in length, excluding tables, appendices, and references, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology;
  2. (ii)a quantitative exercise on statistical analysis and interpretation;
  3. (iii)an exercise on laboratory analysis and report writing;
  4. (iv)three timed essays based on material from the option courses;
  5. (v)an oral presentation of the proposed dissertation topic.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis, the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted as part of the examination.

Archaeological Research

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Archaeological Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 25,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding appendices and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology;
  2. (b)the presentation of a seminar on the topic of the candidate’s thesis research and a written report of the presentation;
  3. (c)one essay or project of not more than 6,000 words in length, on a subject or subjects relating to archaeological research design chosen by the candidate in consultation with her or his supervisor.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted as part of the examination.

Archaeology

1. The one-year course of study in Archaeology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of one of the following options:

 Option A.

Archaeological Heritage and Museums

 Option B.

Archaeological Science

 Option C.

Archaeology

 Option D.

Archaeology of the Americas

 Option E.

Egyptian Archaeology

 Option F.

European Prehistory

 Option G.

Medieval Archaeology

 Option H.

Mesopotamian Archaeology

 Option I.

Palaeolithic and Mesolithic Archaeology

 Option J.

South Asian Archaeology

provided that the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology shall have power to announce that a particular option is not available in any one year.

2. The scheme of examination for each option shall be as follows:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding appendices and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)the presentation of a seminar on the topic of the candidate’s thesis research and a written report of the presentation;
  3. (c)three modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee.

3. In publishing the list of modules, the Degree Committee shall announce for each option which modules are mandatory, and the form of examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or course-work, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

4. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted as part of the examination.

Architecture

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Architecture for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not less than 20,000 words and not more than 30,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Architecture and History of Art. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Asian and Middle Eastern Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Asian and Middle Eastern Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)three written papers on subjects approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies, which shall fall within one of the fields specified in the Schedule to these regulations; provided that, with the approval of the Degree Committee, a candidate may offer, in place of one or more of those papers, the same number of essays, each of not more than 5,000 words, or equivalent alternative exercises approved by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

The papers to be set under sub-paragraph (a) above shall be specified by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the first quarter of the Michaelmas Term each year.

2. In place of the examination prescribed in Regulation 1, a candidate may, by special permission of the Degree Committee, granted after considering his or her experience, qualifications, and proposed subject, offer a thesis of not more than 25,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that, in the case of a candidate who takes the examination prescribed under Regulation 1, the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

SCHEDULE

 

Chinese Studies

Japanese Studies

 

East Asian Studies

Middle Eastern and Islamic Studies

 

Hebrew Studies

Sanskrit and South Asian Studies

Assyriology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Assyriology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of the following:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding appendices and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology;
  2. (b)the presentation of a seminar on the topic of the candidate’s thesis research and a written report of the presentation;
  3. (c)three modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee.

2. In publishing the list of modules, the Degree Committee shall announce which modules are mandatory, and the form of examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or course-work or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted as part of the examination.

Biological Anthropological Science

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Biological Anthropological Science for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 35,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out investigations, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspectives of the subject.

Biological Science

Amended by Notices (Reporter, 2009–10, pp. 504 and 792)

The scheme of examination for the one-year full-time or two-year part-time course of study in Biological Science for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Biology. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out an original investigation, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Bioscience Enterprise

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Bioscience Enterprise for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of not more than twenty mandatory modules in Bioscience Enterprise for the examination to be held in the following academical year. In publishing the list of modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of examination for each module, which shall be either an essay or course-work, or a combination of these.

2. The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 10,000 words in length, on a topic at the interface of bioscience and business enterprise approved by the Degree Committee, and based on work carried out by the candidate in one or more institutions approved by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)no more than ten essays, each of not more than 3,000 words in length, covering the fields of science, ethics, law, and policy, and the interface of bioscience and business as specified by the Degree Committee, provided that, in place of one of these essays a candidate may submit a critical appraisal;
  3. (c)course-work prescribed by the Degree Committee (which may include written work, group work, and class participation).

3. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis or other work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 2 and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Chemical Engineering and Biotechnology

Retitled by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 347)

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Chemical Engineering and Biotechnology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out investigations, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspectives of the subject.

Chemistry

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Chemistry for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that the candidate can design and carry out investigations, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Classics

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Classics for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not less than 8,000 words and not more than 12,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Classics;
  2. and
  3. (b)two pieces of submitted work, each of which may be, subject to the approval of the Degree Committee, either an essay of about 4,000 words or an exercise of comparable substance, each on a topic approved by the Degree Committee and falling within the same general area as the candidate's thesis or otherwise suitably related to it;

and

  1. (c)one further piece of submitted work, which may be, subject to the approval of the Degree Committee, either an essay of about 4,000 words or an exercise of comparable substance, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee and falling within the field of Classics or a related discipline; provided that the Degree Committee may require a candidate to offer instead one of the following written papers:
 

Paper 1.

Translation from Greek authors.

 

Paper 2.

Translation from Latin authors.

 

Paper 3.

Translation from Greek and Latin authors.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on the essays or other exercises submitted by the candidate; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Computational Biology

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Computational Biology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for the Faculty of Mathematics shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of not more than nine modules for the examination to be held in the academical year next following. In publishing the list the Degree Committee shall announce the method of examination of each module which may include a written examination, a long essay, shorter essays, project work, or a combination of these; they shall specify the limits to be placed on the length of any essays and project work.

2. Each candidate shall offer:

  1. (a)the written examinations or other exercises specified for all the modules published under Regulation 1;
  2. (b)a report of not more than 18,000 words in length and an oral presentation based on a laboratory project carried out by the candidate in one or more institutions approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 2, and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls.

Conservation Leadership

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Conservation Leadership for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)four submitted essays, each of 4,000 words in length, or alternative exercises on a subject chosen by the candidate from a list of subjects announced by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography, which shall be concerned with topics in conservation leadership;
  2. (b)a placement report of not more than 10,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee, and based on work carried out by the candidate in one or more institutions approved by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)course-work prescribed by the Degree Committee (which may include written work, group work and class participation).

Conservation of Natural Science Materials

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Conservation of Natural Science Materials for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)three written papers, as follows:
 

Paper 1.

Preservation and museology.

 

Paper 2.

Materials analysis and decay of materials.

 

Paper 3.

Theory and practice of conservation.

  1. (b)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including appendices and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography, which shall be submitted at the end of the period of practical experience prescribed in Regulation 3.

2. Each candidate shall undertake practical work during the course, as prescribed by the Degree Committee, and shall present for the inspection of the Examiners a record of such practical work.

3. After the completion of the course each candidate shall undertake practical conservation work during a period of twelve months spent in a museum housing collections of natural science materials, the nature of the practical work being determined by the Degree Committee. A candidate shall present for the inspection of the Examiners a record of this practical work bearing, as an indication of the good faith of the record, the signature of the museum curator under whose supervision it was performed. A statement concerning the candidate's period of experience, certified by the Head of the Department of Earth Sciences, shall be submitted to the Examiners.

4. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Criminological Research

1. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 2 below, the scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Criminological Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)three essays, each of not more than 3,000 words, including notes and appendices, on topics chosen by the candidate from lists of topics announced by the Examiners, provided that one such essay shall be on a topic chosen by the candidate from among the topics announced by the Examiners as relating to the core course in Criminology;
  2. and
  3. (b)one essay in criminological methods of not more than 3,000 words, including notes and appendices, chosen by the candidate from a list announced by the Examiners relating to the course on Criminological Research Methods;

and

  1. (c)one methodological essay of not more than 4,000 words and one work-book of assessment of materials on research methods on topics announced by the Examiners relating to the course on Research Methods;

and

  1. (d)a thesis of not more than 18,000 words, including notes and appendices, on a criminological topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to one or more of the other pieces of work submitted by the candidate under (a), (b), and (c) above.

2. In place of the scheme of examination prescribed in Regulation 1 above, a candidate may, by special permission of the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law, granted after considering the candidate's experience and special qualifications and the proposed topic of his or her thesis, offer the following scheme of examination:

  1. (a)one essay in criminological methods of not more than 3,000 words, including notes and appendices, chosen by the candidate from a list announced by the Examiners relating to the course on Criminological Research Methods;
  2. and
  3. (b)one methodological essay of not more than 4,000 words and one work-book of assessment of materials on research methods on topics announced by the Examiners relating to the course on Research Methods;

and

  1. (c)a thesis of not more than 35,000 words, including notes and appendices, on a criminological topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law.

The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to one or more of the other pieces of work submitted by the candidate under (a) and (b) above.

Criminology

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Criminology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)four essays, each of not more than 3,000 words, including notes and appendices, on topics chosen by the candidate from lists of topics announced by the Examiners, provided that one such essay shall be on a topic chosen by the candidate from among the topics announced by the Examiners as relating to the core course in Criminology;
  2. and
  3. (b)a methodological essay of not more than 3,000 words, including notes and appendices, chosen by the candidate from a list announced by the Examiners relating to the course on Criminological Research Methods;

and

  1. (c)a thesis of not more than 18,000 words, including notes and appendices, on a criminological topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to one or more of the other pieces of work submitted by the candidate under (a) and (b) above.

Development Studies

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Development Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. For the purpose of the general regulations for the degree, the Degree Committee concerned with this examination shall be the Degree Committee for the Department of Land Economy.

2. The Development Studies Committee shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of subjects for the examination to be held in the academical year next following. The list shall be divided into two groups, Groups 1 and 2. Group 1 shall comprise the following subjects:

  1. 1.Development economics.
  2. 2.Institutions and development.
  3. 3.Sociology and politics of development.

Group 2 shall contain not more than a total of sixteen other subjects made up of either full or half-subjects which, with the approval of the General Board and of the Degree Committee responsible for the other examination concerned, may include subjects taken from any of the examinations for the degree specified in the Schedule to these regulations. The Development Studies Committee shall have power to give notice of additional subjects not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term, provided that the total number of subjects in Group 2 in any year shall not exceed sixteen full subjects. In publishing the list and any additions to it, the Committee shall announce whether a subject is a full or half-subject and the form of examination for that subject.

The Development Studies Committee shall have power to withdraw any subject of Group 2 upon notice given in the Reporter, not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term; the Secretary of the Committee shall notify candidates of the withdrawal of any subject for which they have entered.

3. The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)two subjects chosen by the candidate, with the approval of the Development Studies Committee, from Group 1;
  2. and
  3. (b)eitherone full subject or two half-subjects chosen by the candidate, with the approval of the Development Studies Committee, from Group 2,
  4. ora dissertation of not more than 12,000 words, including footnotes and appendices, on a topic approved by the Development Studies Committee;

and

  1. (c)one further full subject or two further half-subjects chosen by the candidate, with the approval of the Development Studies Committee, which may be taken either from Group 1 or from Group 2.

4. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 3, and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

SCHEDULE

Subjects from the following examinations:

 Economic and Social History

Management

 Economics

Modern Society and Global Transformations

 Environment, Society, and Development

Planning, Growth, and Regeneration

 Finance

Politics

 Financial Research

Social Anthropological Analysis

 Latin-American Studies

Social Anthropological Research

Developmental Biology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Developmental Biology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)one essay, not exceeding 3,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Biology;
  2. (b)a critical appraisal, not exceeding 8,000 words in length, including tables, figure legends, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, of a research project approved or prescribed by the Degree Committee.

2. Each candidate shall undertake practical work as prescribed by the Degree Committee and shall present for the inspection of the Examiners records of such practical work.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulations 1 and 2 above and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls.

Early Modern History

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Early Modern History for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not less than 20,000 words and not more than 25,000 words in length, including notes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History;
  2. (b)course-work, as prescribed by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)written exercises on three of the following subjects:
 

1.

Palaeography.

 

2.

Language training.

 

3.

Locating sources and bibliography.

 

4.

Non-written sources.

 

5.

The book.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Earth Sciences

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Earth Sciences for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that the candidate can design and carry out investigations, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject. The student will also be required to take taught courses as directed.

Economic and Social History

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Economic and Social History for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)an essay of not more than 3,000 words on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History which falls within the field of the central concepts and problems of economic and social history and theory;
  2. (b)course-work, as prescribed by the Degree Committee, on subjects falling within the fields of survey methods, statistical methods, and ethnographic methods for economic and social historians;
  3. (c)eithertwo written exercises, to be undertaken under conditions specified by the Degree Committee, on each of two subjects chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Degree Committee, from the following list:

1.

Rethinking gender and change 1500–1800.

 

2.

Problems and methods in English historical demography before civil registration.

 

3.

The history of economic and social thought.

 

4.

British industrialization in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.

 

5.

Economic growth, politics, and health since 1750.

 

6.

State and economy in industrial society: Britain and the United States since 1850.

 

7.

Globalization in a historical perspective.

  1. ortwo written exercises, to be undertaken under conditions specified by the Degree Committee, on one subject chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Degree Committee, from the list above and either one 5,000-word essay or a written examination on the following subject:
 

Institutions and development28

  1. (d)a methodological introduction, of not more than 4,000 words, to the thesis which is to be submitted by the candidate under (e) below;
  2. (e)a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee in Economic and/or Social History.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Economic Research

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Economic Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)six compulsory and two additional modules, selected from a list of core and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Economics, which shall each be examined by a written paper of two hours’ duration;
  2. and
  3. (b)a thesis of not more than 10,000 words in length, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The list of modules shall be published by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the Easter Term of the academical year preceding that in which the examination is to be held, provided that the Degree Committee shall have power to give notice of additional optional modules not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term. A candidate may not offer a module that he or she has taken in any other University examination.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral and/or written examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1, and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls.

Economics

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Economics for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)three compulsory and five additional modules, selected from a list of core and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Economics, which shall each be examined by a written paper of two hours’ duration;
  2. and
  3. (b)a thesis of not more than 10,000 words in length, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The list of modules shall be published by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the Easter Term of the academical year preceding that in which the examination is to be held, provided that the Degree Committee shall have power to give notice of additional optional modules not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term. A candidate may not offer a module that he or she has taken in any other University examination.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1, and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls.

Education

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Education for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of either Option A or Option B, as follows:

Option A

The examination shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 30,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Education. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Option B

The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 20,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Education;
  2. and
  3. (b)two essays, each of at least 6,000 and not more than 6,500 words in length, on topics specified or approved by the Degree Committee and falling within one of the specialist areas of study in education:

    Psychology

    Mathematics education

    Special and inclusive education

    Politics, democracy, and education

    Second language education across cultures

The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and the essays and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Egyptology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Egyptology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of the following:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding appendices and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology;
  2. (b)the presentation of a seminar on the topic of the candidate’s thesis research and a written report of the presentation;
  3. (c)three modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee.

2. In publishing the list of modules, the Degree Committee shall announce which modules are mandatory, and the form of examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or course-work or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted as part of the examination.

Energy Technologies29

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1111)

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Energy Technologies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. either(a)twelve modules selected from a set of mandatory and optional modules;
  2. and
  3. (b)a thesis, of not more than 10,000 words in length, including footnotes, appendices, and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering;
  4. or(c)ten modules selected from a set of mandatory and optional modules;
  5. and
  6. (d)a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words in length, including footnotes, appendices, and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

Each module shall be examined either by a written paper of ninety minutes or by course-work, or by a combination of the two. The assessment of the thesis shall include an oral presentation of the project work on which the thesis is based.

The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under (a)–(d) above, and on the general field of the knowledge within which such work falls.

Engineering

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Engineering for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out investigations, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Engineering for Sustainable Development

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Engineering for Sustainable Development for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)at least eight modules selected from a set of mandatory and optional modules; each module shall be examined either by a written paper of ninety minutes or by course-work, or by a combination of the two;
  2. and
  3. (b)not less than two and not more than eight exercises of a form and on topics approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering;

and

  1. (c)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes, appendices, and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee. Its assessment shall include an oral presentation of the project work on which the thesis is based.

The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under (a), (b), and (c) above, and on the general field of the knowledge within which such work falls.

English and Applied Linguistics

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in English and Applied Linguistics for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)two essays, each of not more than 8,000 words in length, including footnotes but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on topics approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English;
  2. (b)eight essays, each of not more than 2,000 words in length, on topics chosen from a list of topics approved by the Degree Committee, and falling within the following fields, two topics being chosen from each field:

  1. (i)English language: grammar, phonology, orthography.
 
  1. (ii)English language: semantics, pragmatics, discourse analysis.
 
  1. (iii)Language acquisition and development.
 
  1. (iv)Psychology of language processing and language learning.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1 above, save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

English Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in English Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)such bibliographical, textual, critical, or methodological exercises as the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English shall from time to time determine;
  2. (b)two essays, each of not less than 4,000 and not more than 5,000 words in length, on topics approved by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis, of not less than 12,000 words and not more than 15,000 words in length (including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography), on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to the other work submitted by the candidate under (a) and (b) above.

Environment, Society, and Development30

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Environment, Society, and Development for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)four essays or other exercises, each of not more than 4,000 words in length, on subjects chosen by the candidate from a list of subjects announced by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography;
  2. (b)a thesis, of not more than 10,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on any or all of the components of the examination specified in Regulation 1, and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Environmental Design in Architecture

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 269)

1. The course of study in Environmental Design in Architecture for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of either Option A or Option B, as follows:

Option A (one-year course)

The scheme of examination for Option A shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words in length, excluding appendices and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Architecture and History of Art;
  2. (b)four essays or other exercises, each of not more than 3,000 words, on topics specified by the Degree Committee.

Option B (two-year course)

A candidate who chooses Option B shall be required to undertake a placement of nine months’ duration in an architectural practice or a similar alternative arrangement approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Architecture and History of Art. The scheme of examination for Option B shall consist of:

  1. (a)a design thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, excluding appendices and bibliography, and including drawn material, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)four essays or other exercises, each of not more than 3,000 words, on topics specified by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)one further essay, of not more than 3,000 words, on current practice and the cultural context of architecture;
  4. (d)a logbook of a case study carried out during the placement.

2. The examination may, at the discretion of the Examiners, include an oral examination on the thesis or design thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Environmental Policy

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Environmental Policy for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for the Department of Land Economy shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of subjects for the examination to be held in the academical year next following. The list shall include a core methodology subject, four other core subjects, and no fewer than four optional subjects (of which the Degree Committee may specify that a candidate shall offer one or more within any group of subjects). In publishing the list the Degree Committee shall announce whether each subject is to be examined by a written paper, by an essay or project, or by a combination of these; they shall specify the limits to be placed on the length of any essays or projects.

2. Except as provided by Regulations 3 and 4 each candidate shall offer:

  1. (a)the core methodology subject;
  2. (b)the four other subjects specified by the Degree Committee as core subjects;
  3. (c)three optional subjects;
  4. (d)a thesis, of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams, footnotes, tables, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

3. In place of the core methodology subject a candidate may, by special permission of the Degree Committee, granted after considering the candidate's experience and special qualifications, offer another optional subject chosen from the list of subjects published under Regulation 1.

4. In place of any two subjects offered under Regulation 2(b) or (c), a candidate may offer studio work relating to a topic approved by the Degree Committee, and undertaken in accordance with a scheme approved by the Degree Committee.

5. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 2 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Environmental Science

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Environmental Science for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)four essays or other exercises, each of not more than 4,000 words in length, on a subject chosen by the candidate from a list of subjects announced by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography, which shall be concerned with research methods in environmental science; in publishing the list of subjects the Degree Committee shall announce the form of the examination for each subject, which shall be one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these;
  2. (b)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on any or all of the components of the examination specified in Regulation 1, and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Epidemiology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Epidemiology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis not exceeding 20,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine;
  2. (b)two written papers, each of which may cover all the areas of study prescribed in the syllabus;
  3. (c)two essays, each not exceeding 3,000 words in length, on subjects approved by the Degree Committee;
  4. (d)an exercise in biostatistics.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on any other component of the examination submitted by the candidate; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Ethnomusicology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Ethnomusicology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of either Option A or Option B as follows:

Option A

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length (including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, musical examples, and transcriptions) on a subject in ethnomusicology approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Music;
  2. and
  3. (b)any two exercises chosen from among the alternatives specified in Regulation 2 below.

Option B

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 25,000 words in length (including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, musical examples, and transcriptions) on a subject in ethnomusicology approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Music;
  2. and
  3. (b)any one exercise chosen from among the alternatives specified in Regulation 2 below.

2. The exercises required under sub-paragraph (b) of either Option A or Option B shall be chosen by the candidate from among the following alternatives:

  1. (i)a transcription and analysis of a piece or pieces of recorded music, which shall be chosen by the candidate subject to the approval of the Degree Committee;
  2. (ii)a written account of fieldwork undertaken by the candidate, accompanied by a collection of annotated sound recordings made by the candidate;
  3. (iii)a critical study, between 5,000 and 7,500 words in length (excluding footnotes, bibliography, and musical examples), in ethnomusicological theory and method;
  4. (iv)three essays, each of at least 2,500 words, which in total must amount to not more than 12,000 words (including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, musical examples, and transcriptions) on subjects specified by the Degree Committee.

The nature and the length of any fieldwork undertaken by a candidate in connection with alternative (ii) shall be subject to the approval of the Degree Committee.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and the exercise or exercises submitted by the candidate and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

European Literature and Culture

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in European Literature and Culture for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Modern and Medieval Languages;
  2. and
  3. (b)three essays, each of not more than 4,500 words, on topics falling within areas of study to be prescribed by the Degree Committee. The Degree Committee shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of areas of study for the examination to be held in the academical year next following.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Finance

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Finance for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of nine modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination.

2. In publishing the list of modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of the examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. In place of the examination prescribed for three of the modules specified in Regulation 1, the Degree Committee may permit a particular candidate to offer a dissertation of not more than 12,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

4. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work specified in Regulations 1 and 3 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Financial Research

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Financial Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams and footnotes, but excluding bibliography and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management;
  2. and
  3. (b)six modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination.

2. In publishing the list of modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of the examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work specified in Regulation 1 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Fluid Flow in Industry and the Environment

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Fluid Flow in Industry and the Environment for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)two written papers, each of three hours’ duration, on subjects approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography;
  2. (b)a thesis, not exceeding 15,000 words in length, including tables, figure legends, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a research project approved or prescribed by the Degree Committee;

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Geographical Research

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Geographical Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)two essays, each of not more than 4,000 words in length, on subjects of Geographical Research chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Geography, from a list announced by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography;
  2. (b)one essay of not more than 4,000 words and one workbook of assessment of materials on research methods on topics announced by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis of not more than 20,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Historical Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Historical Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)an essay, either thematic or bibliographical, of not less than 2,000 words and not more than 5,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History which is related to the subject of the candidate's thesis to be submitted under (b) below;
  2. and
  3. (b)a thesis, of not less than 20,000 words and not more than 30,000 words in length, excluding footnotes and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

History, Philosophy, and Sociology of Science, Technology, and Medicine

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in History, Philosophy, and Sociology of Science, Technology, and Medicine for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes but excluding appendices and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Department of History and Philosophy of Science;
  2. and
  3. (b)three essays, each of not more than 5,000 words, including footnotes but excluding bibliography, and, except as provided below, each on a subject approved by the Degree Committee which is related to one or more of the following areas:

 1.

Classical traditions in the sciences

 

 2.

Natural philosophies: Renaissance to Enlightenment

 

 3.

Science, industry, and Empire

 

 4.

Metaphysics, epistemology, and the sciences

 

 5.

Science and technology studies

 

 6.

History and philosophy of mind

 

 7.

Medicine from antiquity to the Enlightenment

 

 8.

Modern medicine and biomedical sciences

 

 9.

Images of the sciences

 

10.

Science and technology from the First World War

  1. Not more than one essay shall be chosen from any one area, except with the permission of the Degree Committee, who may allow two essays to be offered in one area, or one of the three essays to be offered in an area which is not listed above but is related to History, Philosophy, Sociology of Science, Technology, and Medicine.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

History of Art and Architecture

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in History of Art and Architecture for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1.  (i)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding appendices and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Architecture and History of Art;

and

  1.  (ii)two essays, each not exceeding 4,000 words in length on topics approved by the Degree Committee;

and

  1. (iii)two presentations, each not exceeding 3,000 words in length, on topics approved by the Degree Committee falling within the following fields:
 

Architectural history

 

Text and image

2. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and the essays submitted by the candidate and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Human Evolutionary Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Human Evolutionary Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (i)a thesis of not more than 20,000 words in length, excluding tables, appendices, and references, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology;
  2. (ii)four essays each of not more than 2,500 words in length excluding tables and references, on topics approved by the Degree Committee.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis, the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted as part of the examination.

Industrial Systems, Manufacturing, and Management

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Industrial Systems, Manufacturing, and Management for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)reports on such course-work undertaken by the candidate as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering. The reports shall be of such number, and shall be presented in such form and assessed in such manner, as the Degree Committee may determine;
  2. (b)a report on a design project, which shall be submitted in such form and assessed in such manner as the Degree Committee may determine;
  3. (c)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The course-work shall include industrial investigations in one or more institutions approved by the Degree Committee, the nature and duration of the investigations being determined by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted under 1(b) and 1(c) above and on the general field of design, manufacture, and management; at the discretion of the Examiners a candidate may also be examined viva voce on the work submitted under 1(a) above.

Innovation, Strategy, and Organization

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Innovation, Strategy, and Organization for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams and footnotes, but excluding bibliography and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management;
  2. and
  3. (b)six modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination.

2. In publishing the list of modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of the examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on work submitted under Regulation 1 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

International Relations

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 643)

1. The fields of study for the one-year course of study in International Relations for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of the following:

 

1.

International theory

 

2.

International politics

 

3.

International law and international organization

 

4.

International history

 

5.

International economics

 

6.

Foreign policy and security studies

provided that the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies shall have power to amend this list of fields of study by notice given in the Reporter not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term of the respective academical year. The Degree Committee shall give notice of the form of examination for each of the fields of study or specific courses falling within these fields of study not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term of the respective academical year.

2. The scheme of examination for the course of study for the degree of Master of Philosophy in International Relations (General Studies) shall consist of:

  1. (a)four examined courses from the above list of fields of study, provided that the topics shall be chosen from as many different fields of study as the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies may specify;
  2. (b)a thesis of not more than 10,000 words in length, including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The scheme of examination for the course of study for the degree of Master of Philosophy in International Relations (Thesis-led) shall consist of:

  1. (a)three examined courses without restriction as to fields of study;
  2. (b)a thesis, of not more than 25,000 words in length, including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)the satisfactory completion of a research methods and thesis writing course.

4. In accordance with the general regulations for the degree of Master of Philosophy and at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination may be held in relation to any of the elements enumerated under Regulations 2 and 3 above.

5. A candidate who successfully passes at least two examined courses from the European Studies options announced by the Degree Committee and successfully presents a thesis in that field of study may obtain the designation ‘European Studies’ for the degree of Master of Philosophy in International Relations. A candidate who successfully passes at least two courses from any of the fields of study enumerated in Regulation 1 above and successfully presents a thesis in relation to that field of study may obtain the designation of that field of study for the degree of Master of Philosophy in International Relations.

Land Economy

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Land Economy for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 30,000 words31 in length, including diagrams, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Department of Land Economy. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis, and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Land Economy Research

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Land Economy Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for Land Economy shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of modules for the examination to be held in the academical year next following. In publishing the list the Degree Committee shall announce the method of examination of each module which may include a written examination, a long essay, shorter essays, project work, or a combination of these; they shall specify the limits to be placed on the length of any essays and project work.

2. Each candidate shall offer:

  1. (a)one essay of not more than 4,000 words and one workbook of assessment of materials on research methods on topics announced by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)two modules chosen by the candidate with the approval of the Degree Committee from the list of modules published under Regulation 1;
  3. (c)a thesis of not more than 20,000 words31 in length, including diagrams, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 2 and on the more general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirements for an oral examination.

Latin-American Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year full-time or two-year part-time course of study in Latin-American Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall, subject to the provisions of Regulation 2 below, consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, not exceeding 15,000 words in length, including footnotes, tables, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies;
  2. and
  3. (b)two written exercises, to be undertaken under conditions specified by the Degree Committee, on subjects chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Degree Committee, from the following list:

1.

Latin-American history.

 

2.

Anthropology of Latin America

 

3.

Topics in Latin-American culture.

 

4.

Economic issues in contemporary Latin America.

 

5.

Sociology and politics of Latin America.

 

6.

Latin-American film and visual arts.

 

7.

A subject in Latin-American studies specified from time to time by the Degree Committee.

 

8.

A subject in Latin-American studies specified from time to time by the Degree Committee.

and

  1. (c)two essays, each not exceeding 5,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on subjects approved by the Degree Committee, which shall fall respectively within the fields of the two written exercises offered by the candidate under (b) above.

2. In place of the examination prescribed under Regulation 1 above, a candidate may, by special permission of the Degree Committee, granted after considering the candidate's experience, special qualifications, and proposed topic, offer a thesis of not more than 30,000 words in length, including footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis submitted and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination. In the case of a candidate taking the examination under Regulation 1, such an oral examination may include questions relating to the essays and the written exercises offered by the candidate.

Linguistics

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Linguistics for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis not exceeding 20,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Modern and Medieval Languages;
  2. (b)three essays, of which two shall be no more than 2,000 words in length and one shall be no more than 4,000 words in length, each including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on subjects either approved or prescribed by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)an oral presentation on the topic of the second seminar of the Lent Term.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on the essays submitted by the candidate; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Management

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 767)

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Management for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of eleven modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination.

2. In publishing the list of modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of the examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work specified under Regulation 1.

Management Research

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Management Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)one written exercise on course-work specified by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management which falls within the field of research methodology;
  2. and
  3. (b)a thesis of not more than 20,000 words in length, including diagrams, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee;

and

  1. (c)one piece of submitted work which shall be an essay or other written exercise on a topic selected from a list specified by the Degree Committee. In announcing the list of topics the Degree Committee shall specify the length of the essay or other exercise.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted under Regulation 1 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Management Science and Operations

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Management Science and Operations for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams and footnotes, but excluding bibliography and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management;
  2. and
  3. (b)six modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term next preceding the examination.

2. In publishing the list of modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of the examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the work submitted under Regulation 1 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Medical Science

Amended by Notices (Reporter, 2009–10, pp. 504 and 1040)

The scheme of examination for the one-year full-time or two-year part-time course of study in Medical Science for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out an original investigation, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Medieval and Renaissance Literature

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Medieval and Renaissance Literature for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of between 12,000 and 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, or some equivalent submission, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English, which shall fall within one of the following areas of study:

          Medieval literature;

          Renaissance literature;

          Medieval and Renaissance literature;

and

  1. (b)two essays, each of not more than 4,000 words, on topics approved by the Degree Committee;

and

  1. (c)one or more written exercises, approved by the Degree Committee, in the field of textual and related studies in either the medieval period or the Renaissance or both.

The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis or the essays and on the general field of knowledge within which the work submitted falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to the written papers and to the other exercises submitted by the candidate under (b) and (c) above.

Medieval History

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Medieval History for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)one essay, not exceeding 5,000 words in length, or two essays, each not exceeding 3,000 words in length, as prescribed by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History, on a topic or topics falling within a field of study chosen by the candidate from a list announced by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)one or more exercises in palaeography approved by the Degree Committee, related to the field of study chosen by the candidate under (a) above;
  3. (c)a bibliography related to the subject of the thesis to be submitted under (e) below, containing between seventy-five and one hundred items;
  4. (d)a bibliographical and historiographical essay, between 1,000 and 2,000 words in length, on the subject of the thesis;
  5. (e)a thesis, between 15,000 and 25,000 words in length, including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

The Degree Committee shall give notice of the fields of study specified under (a) above before the end of the Easter Term in the academical year next but one preceding that to which they apply.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Micro- and Nanotechnology Enterprise

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Micro- and Nanotechnology Enterprise for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of not more than fifteen mandatory modules in Micro- and Nanotechnology Enterprise for the examination to be held in the following academical year. In publishing the list of modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of examination for each module, which shall be an exam, an essay, course-work, or a combination of these.

2. The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)two unseen written examination papers, which may cover all core scientific projects prescribed in the syllabus;
  2. (b)no more than eight essays, each of not more than 3,000 words in length, covering the fields of science, ethics, law, and policy, and the interface of micro- and nanoscience and business as specified by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)course-work prescribed by the Degree Committee (which may include written work, group work, and class participation);
  4. (d)a literature survey report of not more than 5,000 words in length on a scientific topic, to be followed by either a major research project in the same field (see (e) below), or a business-, ethics-, law-, or policy-related case study, concerning the scientific topic (see (e) below);
  5. (e)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length (including tables, figure legends, and appendices, but excluding bibliography) on a major project, involving (i) in-depth scientific research (following a literature survey in the same scientific field submitted under (d) above), or (ii) an in-depth case study concerned with a topic in science, business, ethics, law, or policy (related to the topic covered during the literature survey submitted under (d) above), approved by the Degree Committee.

The work submitted under (d) and (e) shall be on a topic or project, respectively, approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis or other work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 2(e) and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Modern European History

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Modern European History for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not less than 20,000 words and not more than 25,000 words in length, including notes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History;
  2. (b)two essays, each of not more than 5,000 words in length, on topics chosen by the candidate from a list of topics specified by the Degree Committee and falling within the following fields, one topic being chosen from each field:

   (i) History and historians

   (ii) Controversies in modern European history;

  1. (c)one essay, of not more than 5,000 words in length, on a topic chosen from a list of options announced by the Degree Committee;
  2. (d)A critical report of not more than 2,500 words in length on a seminar and a workshop held during the course.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Modern Society and Global Transformations

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Modern Society and Global Transformations for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of not less than four and not more than seven subjects in Modern Society and Global Transformations for the examination to be held in the academical year next following.

2. The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)eithertwo essays, each of not more than 3,000 words in length,32 on topics approved by the Degree Committee in the methodology of the social sciences;
  2. orcourse-work as prescribed by the Degree Committee on subjects falling within the fields of statistical methods, survey methods, and ethnographic research methods;
  3. (b)two essays, each of not more than 5,000 words,32 on topics approved by the Degree Committee, and each falling within the field of one of the subjects published by the Degree Committee under Regulation 1;
  4. (c)a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words,32 on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the essays and the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Modern South Asian Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Modern South Asian Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not less than 15,000 words and not more than 20,000 words in length, including notes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History;
  2. (b)an essay of not more than 5,000 words on a topic chosen from a list of topics prescribed by the Degree Committee which are related to the course of debates in South Asian Studies;
  3. (c)one further essay of not more than 5,000 words on a topic chosen by the candidate from a list of topics prescribed by the Degree Committee;
  4. (d)a written examination of three hours’ duration on a South Asian language specified by the Degree Committee and an oral examination of one hour’s duration in that language.

The Degree Committee shall give notice of the topics specified under (b) and (c) above not later than the end of Full Michaelmas Term each year.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the essays submitted by the candidate.

Multi-Disciplinary Gender Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Multi-Disciplinary Gender Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)two essays each of not more than 5,000 words in length, on a subject chosen by the candidate from a list of subjects announced by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography, which shall be concerned with research topics in gender studies;
  2. (b)a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on any or all of the components of the examination specified in Regulation 1, and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Musical Composition

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Musical Composition for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)four compositions as follows:
  2. (i)a work, requiring not less than twelve and not more than twenty-five minutes to perform, for orchestra or large chamber ensemble, with or without soloists and/or chorus. A drama in music (scena, ballet, etc.) is acceptable, provided it observes the time limit;
  3. (ii)three other works, each requiring not less than seven and not more than twenty minutes to perform. At least one of them should be scored for at least four instruments and/or voices, and no more than one of them may be scored for a single instrument or voice.
  4. All four works may be in any idiom of the candidate's choice. They may all include electronic or electro-acoustic elements, and one of them may be composed entirely within this medium, but all four works should be notated as fully as possible in score. One of the four works should show a disciplined and sustained use of polyphony. Each work should be accompanied by a text of between 500 and 1,000 words outlining the aesthetic and technical aims (and, in the appropriate work, the use of polyphony as required above). Candidates are required to submit recordings, on either compact disc or minidisc, of any two of the works together with the scores;
  5. (b)one essay, of not more than 10,000 words in length, being
  6. either(i)an analytical study in the music of a composer, including consideration of the background and literature about the composer's work;
  7. or(ii)a study of a subject relating to the problems and methods of teaching composition in a period in the history of music;
  8. or(iii)a study of a subject relating to the theories and philosophies of music since 1900.

2. Each candidate's choice of essay topic under Regulation 1(b) shall be subject to the approval of the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Music.

3. The examination may at the Examiners’ discretion include an oral examination.

Musicology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Musicology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length (including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, musical examples, and transcriptions) on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Music;
  2. and
  3. (b)three essays, each of at least 2,500 words, which in total must amount to not more than 12,000 words (including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, musical examples, and transcriptions), on subjects approved by the Degree Committee, provided that with the permission of the Degree Committee a candidate may substitute comparable exercises for up to two of these essays.

2. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the essays submitted by the candidate.

Philosophy

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Philosophy for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Philosophy;
  2. and
  3. (b)three essays, each of between 3,000 and 5,000 words in length, including footnotes, and, except as provided below, each on a subject approved by the Degree Committee which is related to one or more of the following areas of Philosophy (including in each case the history of philosophy):
 

Metaphysics

Ethics

 

Philosophy of mind

Aesthetics

 

Logic

Political and legal philosophy

 

Philosophy of science

 
  1. Not more than two essays shall be chosen from any one area. With the permission of the Degree Committee, one of the three essays may be offered in an area which is not listed above but is related to Philosophy.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on the essays submitted by the candidate; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Physics

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Physics for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that the candidate can design and carry out investigations, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Planning, Growth, and Regeneration

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Planning, Growth, and Regeneration for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for the Department of Land Economy shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of subjects for the examination to be held in the academical year next following. The list shall include a core methodology subject, four other core subjects, and no fewer than four optional subjects (of which the Degree Committee may specify that a candidate shall offer one or more within any group of subjects). In publishing the list the Degree Committee shall announce whether each subject is to be examined by a written paper, by an essay or project, or by a combination of these; they shall specify the limits to be placed on the length of any essays or projects.

2. Except as provided by Regulations 3 and 4 each candidate shall offer:

  1. (a)the core methodology subject;
  2. (b)the four other subjects specified by the Degree Committee as core subjects;
  3. (c)three optional subjects;
  4. (d)a thesis, of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams, footnotes, tables, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

3. In place of the core methodology subject a candidate may, by special permission of the Degree Committee, granted after considering the candidate's experience and special qualifications, offer another optional subject chosen from the list of subjects published under Regulation 1.

4. In place of any two subjects offered under Regulation 2(b) or (c), a candidate may offer studio work relating to a topic approved by the Degree Committee, and undertaken in accordance with a scheme approved by the Degree Committee.

5. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 2 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Polar Studies

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Polar Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and list of references, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography, and to be submitted at a date to be determined by them;
  2. and
  3. (b)three essays, each of about 4,000 words in length, on topics chosen by the candidate with the approval of the Degree Committee.

The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and the essays and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Political Thought and Intellectual History

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Political Thought and Intellectual History for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of between 16,000 and 20,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History;
  2. and
  3. (b)two essays, each of not more than 6,000 words, on topics approved by the Sub-committee for the M.Phil. course in Political Thought and Intellectual History, which fall within the following fields:

    1. History of political thought.

    2. Political theory.

    3. Intellectual history.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the essays and the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Politics

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Politics for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of between 15,000 and 20,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies;
  2. (b)one essay of not more than 4,000 words, on a topic in comparative politics prescribed by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)one essay or other exercise of not more than 3,000 words (or their equivalent), on research methods prescribed by the Degree Committee;
  4. (d)an essay, or set of two essays, not exceeding 6,000 words in total, on a topic or topics approved by the Degree Committee, from one of the following fields of study:
  5. 1. The politics of China
  6. 2. The contemporary politics of Africa
  7. 3. The politics of the Middle East
  8. 4. International environmental politics

and

  1. (e)either a further essay, or set of two essays, from the fields of study and in accordance with the requirements listed in Regulation 1(d), or a further examined course from the selected list of fields offered for examination in International Relations for the degree of Master of Philosophy, provided that candidates are assessed as specified under the regulations for that examination.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis or on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to the essays submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1.

Public Health

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Public Health for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, not exceeding 20,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Joint Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine;
  2. (b)two written papers of three hours in length which may cover all the areas of study prescribed in the syllabus;
  3. (c)two essays, each not exceeding 3,000 words in length, on subjects approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on any other component of the examination submitted by the candidate; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Real Estate Finance

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Real Estate Finance for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall be as follows:

1. The Degree Committee for the Department of Land Economy shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of subjects for the examination to be held in the academical year next following. The list shall include a core methodology subject, four other core subjects, and no fewer than four optional subjects (of which the Degree Committee may specify that a candidate shall offer one or more within any group of subjects). In publishing the list the Degree Committee shall announce whether each subject is to be examined by a written paper, by an essay or project, or by a combination of these; they shall specify the limits to be placed on the length of any essays or projects.

2. Except as provided by Regulations 3 and 4 each candidate shall offer:

  1. (a)the core methodology subject;
  2. (b)the four other subjects specified by the Degree Committee as core subjects;
  3. (c)three optional subjects;
  4. (d)a thesis, of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams, footnotes, tables, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

3. In place of the core methodology subject a candidate may, by special permission of the Degree Committee, granted after considering the candidate's experience and special qualifications, offer another optional subject chosen from the list of subjects published under Regulation 1.

4. In place of any two subjects offered under Regulation 2(b) or (c), a candidate may offer studio work relating to a topic approved by the Degree Committee, and undertaken in accordance with a scheme approved by the Degree Committee.

5. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 2 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Russian Studies

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Russian Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Modern and Medieval Languages;
  2. and
  3. (b)three essays, each of not more than 4,500 words, on subjects either prescribed or approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Scientific Computing

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 436)

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Scientific Computing for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including diagrams and footnotes, but excluding bibliography and appendices on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry;
  2. (b)a written examination which may cover all core subjects prescribed in the syllabus;
  3. (c)two essays on topics chosen by the candidate from optional modules announced by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Screen Media and Cultures

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Screen Media and Cultures for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Modern and Medieval Languages;
  2. and
  3. (b)three essays, each of not more than 4,500 words, on subjects either prescribed or approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Social and Developmental Psychology

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Social and Developmental Psychology for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)three essays, each of not more than 5,000 words in length, on topics falling within areas of study to be prescribed by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies;
  2. (b)eitheran exercise, of not more than 3,000 words in length, consisting of a critical appraisal of a research paper specified by the Degree Committee;
  3. orcourse-work as prescribed by the Degree Committee on subjects falling within the fields of statistical methods, survey methods, and ethnographic research methods;
  4. (c)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

The Degree Committee shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of topics for the essays to be submitted under (a) above.

2. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on the other exercises submitted by the candidate; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Social Anthropological Analysis33

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Social Anthropological Analysis for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 12,000 words in length, excluding footnotes, tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology, which shall not fall within the field of any paper or essay offered by the candidate;
  2. (b)an essay, of not more than 6,000 words in length, on a subject chosen by the candidate from a list of subjects published by the Degree Committee, which shall not fall within the field of the candidate's thesis;
  3. (c)subject to the provisions of Regulation 2, two written papers, to be chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Degree Committee, from among the following papers:

    Paper 1. The scope of social anthropology I: production and reproduction.

    Paper 2. The scope of social anthropology II: systems of power and knowledge.

    Paper 3. Social anthropology and the professional process.

2. In place of any one of the papers chosen from among Papers 1–3 which a candidate would otherwise be required to offer under Regulation 1 a candidate may, by special permission of the Degree Committee, granted after considering the candidate's experience and special qualifications, offer an essay of not more than 6,000 words in length, exclusive of footnotes, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

3. The examination may, at the discretion of the Examiners, include an oral examination on the thesis and on the essay or essays offered by the candidate, and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Social Anthropological Research34

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Social Anthropological Research for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)two essays, each of not more than 4,000 words in length, on subjects of Social Anthropological Research chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Social Anthropology, from a list announced by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology;
  2. (b)one essay of not more than 4,000 words in length and one work-book of assessment of materials on research methods on topics announced by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis, which may incorporate a research proposal portfolio, of not more than 20,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Statistical Science

Rescinded by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 476)

Technology Policy

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1041)

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Technology Policy for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist, at the choice of the candidate, of either Option A or Option B as follows:

Option A

The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)at least nine modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term preceding the examination. Subject to a minimum number of nine, the Degree Committee shall specify the precise number of mandatory and optional modules required;
  2. (b)a project report of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams and footnotes, but excluding bibliography and appendices on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

Option B

The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)at least six modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term preceding the examination;
  2. (b)a thesis of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams and footnotes, but excluding bibliography and appendices on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. In publishing the list of modules and additional modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more essays or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any essay or other exercise.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners, the examination may include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1 and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Theology and Religious Studies

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 348)

1.The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Theology and Religious Studies for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of between 15,000 and 20,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Divinity;
  2. (b)an essay, of not more than 5,000 words in length, on a subject falling within an area of study to be prescribed by the Degree Committee not later than the end of the Easter Term of the academical year preceding that to which it applies;
  3. (c)any two pieces of written work chosen by the candidate from the following:
  4. (i)one paper of three hours’ duration on a language chosen from a list of languages published by the Degree Committee;
  5. (ii)either one exercise on a subject chosen from a list of subjects for exercises published by the Degree Committee, or a second paper on a language chosen from the list of languages specified in Regulation 1(c)(i);
  6. (iii)one essay of not more than 5,000 words on a subject chosen from a list of subjects for essays published by the Degree Committee.
  7. A candidate's choice of written work shall be made with the approval of the Degree Committee and in the light of the Committee's general guidance about the course of studies appropriate to particular areas of Theology and Religious Studies.

2. The Degree Committee shall publish, not later than the end of the Easter Term each year, a list of languages and subjects for exercises and essays for the examination to be held in the following academical year; the Degree Committee may give notice of additional languages, and subjects for exercises not later than the end of the first quarter of the Michaelmas Term preceding the examination. In publishing the list of subjects for exercises and any additions the Degree Committee shall announce the form of the examination for each subject, which shall be either (a) an essay or other written exercise of not more than 5,000 words in length, or (b) a three-hour written paper.

3. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls and, at the discretion of the Examiners, on the other work submitted by the candidate; save that the Examiners may, at their discretion, waive the requirement for an oral examination.

Translational Medicine and Therapeutics

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year full-time or two-year part-time course of study in Translational Medicine and Therapeutics for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis not exceeding 15,000 words in length, including footnotes but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine;
  2. (b)an essay of not more than 5,000 words on a topic approved by the Degree Committee on an aspect of the core and optional areas of study prescribed in the syllabus.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls, and on the other work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1.

Veterinary Science

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1040)

The scheme of examination for the one-year full-time and two-year part-time course of study in Veterinary Science for the degree of Master of Philosophy shall consist of a thesis, of not more than 20,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine. The examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. The thesis shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out an original investigation, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

MASTER OF RESEARCH

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 505 and by Grace 3 of 21 July 2010)

1. The M.Res. Degree shall be awarded for training in research. A subject of such study, together with the programme aims, learning outcomes, and syllabus for the course, and the special regulations for the examination and any subsequent amendments thereof, shall be approved by the General Board on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or other body concerned, after consultation with the appropriate Degree Committee, and after submission to, and approval by, the Board of Graduate Studies.

Scheme of examination.

2. The scheme of examination for the M.Res. Degree shall consist of written work or other exercises and the submission of a thesis (which terms shall include one or more equivalent pieces of extended research work such as an appraisal or a report), as prescribed in the appropriate special regulations for the subject as appended to these regulations. Any such prescribed scheme may require candidates also to take written papers in accordance with arrangements made by the Board of Graduate Studies on the recommendation of the appropriate Degree Committee. The examination for the Degree shall be held before the end of the course, except as provided under Regulation 7, and at such time or times as may be determined by the Degree Committee concerned, subject in the case of written papers to the approval of the Board of Examinations. Each written paper shall be of three hours’ duration unless prescribed otherwise in the regulations that apply to the examination concerned.

3. No student shall be a candidate for the M.Res. Degree on more than one occasion or for the M.Res. Degree and for another University examination in the same term.

4. A candidate for the M.Res. Degree shall be a registered Graduate Student who, subject to the provisions of Regulation 5, shall pursue a course of training in research under the direction of a Supervisor appointed by the Degree Committee concerned and shall comply with any special conditions that the Degree Committee or the Board may lay down in a particular case. The course shall extend over one academical year. Students are required to attend in all three terms of the year, beginning from the date announced by the Degree Committee for the start of lectures, classes, or other formal instruction.

5. The Board of Graduate Studies, after considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned,

  1. (a)may allow a candidate for the M.Res. Degree to spend up to one term working under supervision outside the University under conditions approved by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)may allow a candidate for the M.Res. Degree on account of illness or other sufficient cause to intermit his or her course of study for one or more terms, which terms shall not count for any purpose of these regulations except as provided in Regulation 7 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Every application for dispensation under sub-paragraphs (a)–(b) shall be made to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies and shall be accompanied by an opinion from the applicant’s Supervisor.

6. Details of each candidate’s examination entry (including the candidate’s choice of written papers or other exercises, as appropriate, and the proposed subject of the thesis and subsequent corrections thereof), shall be submitted by the candidate to the Secretary of the Degree Committee concerned, and by the latter to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall transmit them to the Registrary in accordance with the following timetable:

Entries to be

submitted

Details of

written papers etc.

Corrections

Title of

thesis etc.

By candidates to

 Secretaries of Degree

 Committees

By end of Full

 Michaelmas Term

 

By division of

 Lent Term

By Secretaries of Degree

 Committees to Board of

 Graduate Studies

By end of

 Michaelmas Term

By end of third week

 of Full Lent Term

By end of Lent Term

By Board of Graduate

 Studies to Registrary

By end of first week of

 Full Lent Term

By division of Lent

 Term

 

Lists of candidates for each examination shall be circulated by the Registrary to Colleges as follows:

List of entries:

By the end of the second week of Full Lent Term.

Final list of entries:

Not less than four weeks before the beginning of the examination concerned.

Thesis.

7. Each candidate shall submit two copies of the thesis in accordance with detailed arrangements approved by the Board, so as to arrive by a date which shall be determined by the Degree Committee, and which shall not be later than the last day of August in the academical year of the course, provided that a candidate may be permitted to submit her or his thesis at such later date as may be determined by the Degree Committee. In special circumstances the Degree Committee may allow a candidate to submit only one copy of the thesis. The Examiners and the Degree Committee may take into consideration any work published by the candidate which is submitted with the thesis.

8. In submitting a thesis a candidate shall state, generally in a preface and specifically in notes or in a bibliography, the sources from which information has been derived, the extent to which use has been made of the work of others, and the portions of the thesis which are claimed as original. A thesis shall not be accepted if it is substantially the same as one that the candidate has submitted, or is concurrently submitting, for any other degree, diploma, or similar qualification at any university or similar institution, but a thesis which the candidate has submitted or is concurrently submitting for some other purpose may be accepted. In submitting a thesis the candidate shall declare for what purpose, if any, other than for the M.Res. Degree, the whole or part of it has already been or is concurrently being submitted. The thesis, apart from quotations, shall be written in English.

9. Every Supervisor shall send to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies reports on the work of each candidate under his or her charge, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 8 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Examiners and Assessors.

10. The Degree Committee concerned shall appoint such number of Examiners and Assessors as they shall deem sufficient to conduct the examination for the M.Res. Degree and to report on the performance of a candidate. The Examiners and Assessors shall undertake such duties as the Degree Committee may decide.

(a) The Degree Committee shall appoint an External Examiner and a Senior Examiner; not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term the Secretary of the Degree Committee shall communicate to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies the name of these Examiners and the names of the other Examiners and Assessors.

(b) Each candidate’s thesis shall be referred to two Examiners each of whom shall make an independent report thereon. The special regulations for the examination may provide for an oral examination on the thesis and, if so specified, on the other parts of the examination. When the oral examination relates to the thesis both Examiners of the thesis shall be among the Examiners present at the oral examination. The Degree Committee in exceptional circumstances may permit the Examiners to conduct the oral examination by video-conference or other remote means. The Examiners participating in the oral examination shall sign a joint certificate of the result, including any marks assigned thereto, of that examination. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendation, or if for any other reason the Degree Committee need a further opinion or opinions on the merit of the thesis submitted, the Degree Committee may appoint additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner may be appointed without the leave of the Board of Graduate Studies. Each additional Examiner so appointed shall make an independent report on the thesis to the Degree Committee.

Approval for degree.

11. If the Degree Committee at a meeting held to consider the reports of the Examiners, approve the candidate’s marks in the written papers or other exercises, the thesis submitted, and her or his performance in the oral examination (where held) as of the requisite standard for the M.Res. Degree and are of the opinion that the degree should be conferred, the Degree Committee shall communicate their resolution to the candidate and to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies who shall publish a notice of the candidate’s approval for the award of the degree of Master of Research.

If not approved for degree.

12. If the Degree Committee, after consideration of a candidate’s marks and the reports of the Examiners in the prescribed examination, are of the opinion that the candidate’s work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, the Degree Committee shall communicate their resolution to the candidate and to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies. After such a resolution has been made the student concerned shall not be eligible to take the examination for the degree again.

13. Payment of travelling expenses and a subsistence allowance may be claimed by Examiners in accordance with Regulation 11 of the regulations for the Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt. Degrees.

14. A Graduate Student whose course of study for the M.Res. Degree has included any term needed for the B.A. Degree and who elects to proceed to the B.A. Degree shall not be entitled to proceed to the M.Res. Degree.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS

Biological Science

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 504)

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Biological Science for the degree of Master of Research shall consist of a portfolio of research reports, of not more than 20,000 words in total, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a theme and of a form approved and published annually in the Easter Term before the commencement of the course by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Biology. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls. The portfolio shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out an original investigation, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Medical Science

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 504)

The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Medical Science for the degree of Master of Research shall consist of a portfolio of research reports, of not more than 20,000 words in total, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices, on a theme and of a form approved and published annually in the Easter Term before the commencement of the course by the Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine. The examination shall include an oral examination on the work submitted by the candidate and on the general field of knowledge within which such work falls. The portfolio shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that a candidate can design and carry out an original investigation, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Photonic Systems Development

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 21)

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Photonic Systems Development for the degree of Master of Research shall consist of:

  1. (a)at least five modules selected from a list of mandatory and optional modules published by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering not later than the end of the Easter Term of the academical year preceding that in which the examination is to be held;
  2. (b)two reports, each of not more than 12,000 words in length, including diagrams and footnotes, but excluding bibliography and appendices on projects approved by the Degree Committee.

2. In publishing the list of modules and additional modules the Degree Committee shall announce the form of examination for each module, which shall be either a written paper, or one or more pieces of course-work or other exercises, or a combination of these, and shall specify the duration of any written paper and the limit to be placed on the length of any piece of course-work or other exercise. The Degree Committee shall have the power to give notice of additional optional modules not later than the end of the Michaelmas Term of the academical year of the examination.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the reports and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall, and on the other work submitted by the candidate under Regulation 1.

Social Anthropology35

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1112)

1. The scheme of examination for the one-year course of study in Social Anthropology for the degree of Master of Research shall consist of:

  1. (a)two essays, each of not more than 4,000 words in length, on subjects of Social Anthropology chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Social Anthropology, from a list announced by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Archaeology and Anthropology;
  2. (b)one essay of not more than 4,000 words in length and one work-book of assessment of materials on research methods on topics announced by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis, which may incorporate a research proposal portfolio, of not more than 20,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding tables, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

2. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

DOCTOR OF SCIENCE AND DOCTOR OF LETTERS

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Science or Doctor of Letters a candidate shall be required to give proof of distinction by some original contribution to the advancement of science or of learning.

Standing of candidates.

2. Any person may be a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Science or Doctor of Letters who is a graduate of the University and who

  1. either(a)is of not less than eight years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of the University,
  2. or(b)is of not less than eight years’ standing from admission to his or her first degree of some other university and has been admitted (i) to some office in the University or to a Headship or a Fellowship of a College, and (ii) to the degree of Master of Arts under Statute B, III, 6 or to a degree of the University by incorporation.
Method of application.

3. A candidate for the degree shall apply in writing to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, specifying the published works on which his or her claim to the degree is based, providing a summary in not more than 500 words of the field of research covered by these works, and naming the Faculty or other approved institution within whose scope the works fall. A candidate shall send with the application a fee of £582 for the Chest, and two copies of each of the works specified, provided that the Board of Graduate Studies may, subject to the concurrence of the Degree Committee concerned, allow a candidate to submit only one copy. All the works submitted shall, apart from quotations, be written in English unless in a particular case the Degree Committee concerned have allowed a candidate to submit material in some other language.

Preliminary consideration.

4. Each application shall be forwarded by the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies to the Degree Committee concerned, who shall give preliminary consideration to the application and shall determine whether the works submitted constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree; the Committee may appoint an Assessor to assist them in the matter.

5. If the Committee decide that the works submitted do not constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall communicate the decision to the candidate. In such a case £510 out of the fee of £582 paid by the candidate under Regulation 3 shall be returned.

References.

6. If the Committee decide that the works submitted do constitute prima facie a qualification for the degree, they shall appoint not less than two persons to act as Referees. Each Referee shall submit an independent written report on the works specified in the candidate's application; these reports shall be treated as confidential documents.

7. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are satisfied that the candidate's work is of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees.

Approval for degree.

8. If the Board of Graduate Studies after receiving such a communication resolve that the degree should be conferred, the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies shall publish the name of the candidate as approved for the degree of Doctor of Science or Doctor of Letters, as the case may be. Such a resolution shall not be valid unless passed with the concurrence of the votes, cast at a meeting, of eight members of the Board.

9. If after considering the reports of the Referees the Degree Committee are of the opinion that the candidate's work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies together with the reports of the Referees. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

Candidate not to be present.

10. No candidate for a degree shall be present at the deliberations either of the Committee or of the Board of Graduate Studies respecting his or her own case.

Payments.

11. Each Referee shall receive a fee of £175. An Assessor appointed under Regulation 4 shall receive a fee of £42. If an Assessor is subsequently appointed a Referee the fee of £42 shall form part of the fee of £175 due to him or her as a Referee. The Board of Graduate Studies may approve the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by Referees in the execution of their duties.

12. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

MASTER OF STUDIES

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Amended by Graces 5 of 10 March and 4 of 21 July 2010

M.St. Degree.

1. The M.St. Degree shall be awarded for postgraduate study. A subject of such study, and the special regulations for each subject, shall be approved by the General Board on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or other body concerned, after consultation with the appropriate Degree Committee, and after submission to, and approval by, the Board of Graduate Studies and the Strategic Committee of the Institute of Continuing Education.

Application for admission.

2. Applications for admission to a course of study leading to the M.St. Degree shall be sent to the Director of Continuing Education. The Director shall communicate each application for admission to the Secretary of the Degree Committee concerned with the applicant's proposed course, having first ascertained that appropriate accommodation, if required, is available in a laboratory or elsewhere. The Degree Committee shall consider the application and shall communicate their opinion thereon to the Director. If the Degree Committee decline the application it shall fail, and the Director shall so inform the applicant. If the Degree Committee agree to recommend approval of the application, their recommendation shall be considered by the Strategic Committee of the Institute, who shall decide upon the application, subject to the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies. Before declining an application recommended by a Degree Committee for approval the Strategic Committee shall give a representative appointed by the Degree Committee an opportunity of explaining the Committee's reasons for their recommendation.

3. Any person may be approved for admission to a course leading to the M.St. Degree who has satisfied the Strategic Committee of the Institute, the Board of Graduate Studies, and the relevant Degree Committee that by reason of previous study he or she is qualified to engage in postgraduate work for the degree. The Strategic Committee shall determine the conditions, if any, of each applicant's admission and shall assign to him or her a date of commencement of candidature. The Director of Continuing Education shall maintain a register of persons who have been approved as candidates for the M.St. Degree; when an applicant has been approved for admission, his or her name shall be entered on the Register.

Approved course.

4. A candidate for the M.St. Degree shall pursue, under a Director of Studies appointed by the Strategic Committee of the Institute, an approved course of postgraduate study comprising a number of course units, which shall include not less than 240 hours of formal instruction and shall extend over a period of two years. Every course of study for the degree, and any amendments of it, shall be approved by the Strategic Committee, the Board of Graduate Studies, and the General Board, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or other body concerned.

Intermission.

5. After considering a recommendation by the Degree Committee concerned, the Strategic Committee may allow a candidate for the degree on account of illness or other sufficient cause to intermit his or her course of study for such period as they may think fit.

Supervisors.

6. For each course unit the Degree Committee concerned shall appoint a Supervisor for every student. Each Supervisor shall send to the Director of Continuing Education, at such intervals as may be specified by the Strategic Committee, a written report on the work of each student who is studying for the M.St. Degree under his or her direction; such reports shall be communicated to the Degree Committee concerned, to the Board of Graduate Studies, and to the student's Tutor.

Prizes or Scholarships.

7. A student who is registered as a candidate for the M.St. Degree shall not be admitted as a candidate for any University Studentship, Scholarship, Exhibition, Prize, Medal, or other such award, which is open only to undergraduates. For the purpose of any regulation which governs the standing of candidates for any other emolument, a candidate for the M.St. Degree who is not a graduate of the University shall be deemed to have kept by residence the nine terms next preceding the first term of his or her candidature for the M.St. Degree.

Fees.

8. While following a course of study leading to an examination for the M.St. Degree, a student shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each year of such study.

Examination.

9. The examination for the M.St. Degree shall include

  1. (a)the submission of a thesis, of such length as shall be prescribed in the appropriate special regulations for the subject as appended to these regulations;
  2. and
  3. (b)either (i) written examination papers or (ii) the submission of essays, project reports, or other exercises, or (iii) any combination of these, as prescribed in the special regulations.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls as prescribed in the appropriate special regulations. Each candidate shall submit his or her thesis to the Director of Continuing Education by a date to be determined by the Strategic Committee, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned.

Submission of thesis.

10. In submitting a thesis a candidate shall state, generally in a preface and specifically in notes or in a bibliography, the sources from which information has been derived, the extent to which use has been made of the work of others, and the portions of the thesis which are claimed as original.

The Strategic Committee shall not accept a thesis that is substantially the same as one that the candidate has submitted, or is concurrently submitting, for any other degree, diploma, or similar qualification at any university or similar institution, but they may accept a thesis which the candidate has submitted or is concurrently submitting for some other purpose. In submitting a thesis the candidate shall declare for what purpose, if any, other than for the M.St. Degree, the whole or part of it has already been or is concurrently being submitted. The thesis, apart from quotations, shall be written in English.

11. Two copies of the thesis, accompanied by three copies of a summary, shall be sent to the Director of Continuing Education, who shall forward two copies of the thesis and two copies of the summary to the Secretary of the Degree Committee concerned. In special circumstances the Strategic Committee, after consultation with the Degree Committee concerned, may allow a candidate to submit only one copy of the thesis.

Examiners and Assessors.

12. The Degree Committee concerned shall appoint such number of Examiners and Assessors as they shall deem sufficient to conduct the examination. The Assessors shall undertake such duties as the Degree Committee may decide. The Secretary of the Degree Committee shall communicate to the Director of Continuing Education the name of the Senior Examiner and the names of the Examiners and Assessors.

13. Each candidate's thesis shall be referred by the Degree Committee to two of the Examiners, each of whom shall make an independent report thereon to the Degree Committee. Where the examination includes an oral examination, the two Examiners shall both be present at the oral examination, and shall sign a joint certificate of the result of that examination. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendations, or if for any other reason the Degree Committee need a further opinion on the merit of a candidate's thesis, the Degree Committee may appoint additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner shall be appointed without the leave of the Board of Graduate Studies. Each additional Examiner so appointed shall make an independent report on the thesis to the Degree Committee.

Approval for degree.

14. If the Degree Committee, at a meeting held to consider the reports of the Examiners, approve the candidate’s performance as of the requisite standard for the M.St. Degree and are of the opinion that the degree should be conferred, the Degree Committee shall communicate their resolution to the candidate, to the Strategic Committee of the Institute and to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies who shall publish a notice of the candidate’s approval for the award of the degree of Master of Studies.

Failure.

15. If the Degree Committee, after consideration of a candidate’s marks and the reports of the Examiners in the prescribed examination, are of the opinion that the candidate’s work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, the Degree Committee shall communicate their resolution to the candidate and to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies and to the Strategic Committee of the Institute of Continuing Education. After such a resolution has been passed, the student shall not be eligible to take the examination for the degree again.

16. If the Tutor of a candidate for the degree supplies the Board of Graduate Studies with satisfactory evidence that the candidate has been hindered by illness or other grave cause in preparing for or taking the examination or any part of the examination for the degree, and such representations are received by the Secretary of the Board not later than three months after the date on which the result of the examination was communicated by the Secretary to the candidate, the Board shall have power, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the relevant regulations,

  1. either(a)to approve the candidate for the degree or other qualification without further examination, provided that no candidate shall be so approved unless the Degree Committee concerned judge him or her to have performed with credit in a substantial part of the examination,
  2. or(b)to allow the candidate to be examined or re-examined under such conditions and at such time as may be determined by the Board after consultation with the Degree Committee concerned.

Representations received after the prescribed time limit shall not be considered. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate any decision by the Board under this regulation to the Strategic Committee of the Institute of Continuing Education.

Payments to Examiners.

17. The fees payable to Supervisors (Regulation 6) and to Examiners and Assessors (Regulation 12) shall be determined from time to time by the General Board on the recommendation of the Strategic Committee of the Institute of Continuing Education, who shall consult the Board of Graduate Studies before making such a recommendation.

Expenses of Examiners.

18. Payment of travelling expenses and a subsistence allowance may be claimed by Examiners in accordance with Regulation 10 of the regulations for the Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt. Degrees.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS

Applied Criminology and Police Management

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Applied Criminology and Police Management for the degree of Master of Studies shall be as follows:

  1. (a)four essays, each of not more than 3,000 words in length, which shall be chosen by the candidate from a list of topics announced by the Examiners;
  2. (b)an exercise in designing a proposal for, or in critically evaluating, a research project on a subject chosen by the candidate from a list announced by the Examiners; a candidate's report on such a research exercise shall not exceed 3,000 words in length, including notes and appendices;
  3. (c)a thesis of not more than 18,000 words in length, including notes and appendices, on a subject proposed by the candidate and approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to one or more of the other pieces of work submitted by the candidate under (a) and (b) above.

Applied Criminology, Penology, and Management

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Applied Criminology, Penology, and Management for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)four essays, each of not more than 3,000 words in length and each on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law;
  2. (b)course-work in research methods, as prescribed by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis, of not more than 18,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls; such an oral examination may include questions relating to one or more of the other pieces of work submitted by the candidate under (a) and (b) above.

Construction Engineering

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1041)

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Construction Engineering for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)a case study, of no more than 5,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering;
  2. (b)two essays, each of no more than 3,000 words in length, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include an oral examination on any or all of the components of the examination specified under (a) to (c) above, and on the general field of knowledge within which they fall.

Interdisciplinary Design for the Built Environment

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Interdisciplinary Design for the Built Environment for the degree of Master of Studies shall be as follows:

1. For the purpose of the general regulations for the degree, the Degree Committee concerned with this examination shall be the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Architecture and History of Art.

2. The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)a case study, of not more than 5,000 words in length, of a project approved by the Degree Committee concerning design for the built environment;
  3. (c)two essays, each of not more than 3,000 words in length, on topics approved by the Degree Committee.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

International Relations

1. The scheme of examination for the course of study in International Relations for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)a thesis of not more than 25,000 words in length, including tables, footnotes, and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies;
  2. and
  3. (b)four essays, each not exceeding 2,000 words in length and on a set topic falling within one of the following fields, provided that not more than one topic shall be chosen from any particular field:
 

1.

International relations theory

 

2.

International history

 

3.

International politics

 

4.

International security

 

5.

International law and economics

2. The arrangements for announcing the set topics for essays shall be made by the Degree Committee. One of the four essays required under Regulation 1(b) shall constitute a three-hour examination paper and shall be written under examination conditions; candidates shall have a free choice of the essay to be treated in this way, provided that the Degree Committee shall have power in a particular case to restrict a candidate's choice.

3. The examination may include, at the discretion of the Examiners, an oral examination on the thesis, or on the general field of knowledge within which this falls, or both.

Jewish-Christian Relations

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Jewish-Christian Relations for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)four essays, each of not more than 4,000 words in length and each on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Divinity;
  2. (b)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Local and Regional History

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 768)

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Local and Regional History for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)three essays, each of not more than 4,000 words in length, and each on a subject approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History;
  2. (b)a practical test in palaeography;
  3. (c)a thesis of not more than 20,000 words in length, [including]〈excluding〉37 footnotes, appendices, and bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Manufacturing38

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Manufacturing for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)course-work, as prescribed by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering;
  2. (b)three case studies, each of not more than 5,000 words in length and each on a project approved by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)a thesis, of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Modernism (English Literature, 1890–1939)

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Modernism (English Literature, 1890–1939) for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)a bibliography of an approved area of study, containing not more than 100 items;
  2. (b)three essays, each not exceeding 2,500 words in length, and each on a topic approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English;
  3. (c)a thesis, not exceeding 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Social Enterprise and Community Development

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Social Enterprise and Community Development for the degree of Master of Studies shall consist of:

  1. (a)four essays, each of not more than 3,000 words in length and each on a topic chosen by the candidate from a list of topics announced by the Examiners and approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty Board of Business and Management;
  2. (b)the submission of a report of not more than 2,000 words in length together with an oral presentation of the report of not more than twenty minutes which shall include the use of PowerPoint slides;
  3. (c)a thesis of not more than 18,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

If the Examiners deem it necessary, the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Sustainability Leadership

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 437)

The scheme of examination for the course of study in Sustainability Leadership for the degree of Master of Studies shall be as follows:

1. For the purpose of the general regulations for the degree, the Degree Committee concerned with the examination shall be the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Business and Management.

2. The examination shall consist of:

  1. (a)two essays (a case review and a strategy paper), each of no more than 3,000 words in length, and each on a topic approved by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)an essay (a group project) of no more than 7,000 words in length on a topic approved by the Degree Committee;
  3. (c)an action research project, with a ten minute oral presentation of findings, on a topic approved by the Degree Committee;
  4. (d)a thesis of not more than 15,000 words in length, including footnotes and appendices, but excluding bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination shall include an oral examination on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

DEGREES IN VETERINARY MEDICINE

Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine

OLD REGULATIONS39

Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine

REVISED REGULATIONS

1. These regulations, which shall be known as the Revised Regulations for the degree of Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine, shall apply to

  1. (a)those students who begin their clinical course on or after 1 September 2003,
  2. and
  3. (b)those students who begin their clinical course on or after 1 September 2002, having undertaken not more than two years of preclinical medical study in the University.40

2. There shall be a Second Examination and a Final Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine, referred to in these regulations as the Second Vet.M.B. Examination and the Final Veterinary Examination.

Qualifications for Degree.

3. A student who has kept nine terms and passed Part III of the Final Veterinary Examination shall be qualified to proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine, the short title of which shall be Vet.M.B.

Definitions.

4. The Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine shall be empowered, after consultation with the Faculty Board of Biology, to delegate to the Veterinary Education Committee from time to time all or any of the Faculty Board's powers and duties under these regulations. In these regulations unless the context shall require otherwise:

  1. (a)the term Faculty Board shall mean the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine;
  2. (b)the terms prescribed standard and prescribed course shall mean respectively standard prescribed by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine and course prescribed by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine;
  3. (c)the term course of instruction shall mean course of instruction given in the University or elsewhere and may include practical instruction.
  4. (d)the term Veterinary Students Register shall mean a register of students who are deemed fit to practise veterinary medicine. A student may be removed temporarily or permanently from the Register if he or she is deemed no longer a fit person to have the privilege of access to patients. Subject to the powers of the Council and of the General Board and of a Fitness for Veterinary Practice Appeal Tribunal, the Register shall be maintained by the Faculty Boards of Biology and Veterinary Medicine through the Fitness for Veterinary Practice Committee.
Evidence of instruction, etc.

5. Where these regulations require a candidate for any of the examinations prescribed therein to produce evidence of instruction or of any other matter

  1. (a)the candidate's entry for the examination shall not be considered to have been made earlier than the day on which the Registrary receives that evidence or the last part of it;
  2. (b)the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine shall have power to require that evidence of having attended a course of instruction shall be evidence of having attended a prescribed course.
Supplementary regulations.

6. The Faculty Board, after consulting other bodies concerned, shall have power to define or limit by supplementary regulations all or any of the subjects of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination and all or any of the Parts or sections of a Part of the Final Veterinary Examination.

Second Vet.M.B. Examination.

7. The subjects of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination shall be as follows:

Biology of Disease (BOD)

Comparative Vertebrate Biology (CVB)

Farm Animal Husbandry (FAH)

Homeostasis (HOM)

Introduction to the Scientific Basis of Medicine (ISBM)

Mechanisms of Drug Action (MODA)

Molecules in Medical Science (MIMS)

Neurobiology with Animal Behaviour (NAB)

Preparing for the Veterinary Profession (PFVP)

Veterinary Anatomy and Physiology (VAP)

Veterinary Reproductive Biology (VRB)

(a) The examinations in BOD, HOM, MIMS, MODA, NAB, and VAP shall each consist of a written paper of one hour, which shall contain compulsory short-answer questions (Section I), and a practical examination of two hours (Section II).

(b) The examination in VRB shall consist of a written paper of one hour, which shall contain compulsory short-answer questions (Section I), and a practical examination of one hour (Section II).

(c) The examination in FAH shall consist of a written paper of one hour, which shall contain compulsory short-answer questions.

(d) The examination in CVB shall consist of a combined written and practical paper of an hour and a half, which shall contain short answer questions (Section I), and a practical examination (Section II); candidates will be allowed forty-five minutes to complete each part.

(e) The examinations in ISBM and PFVP shall each consist of a written paper of forty-five minutes.

8. The Second Vet.M.B. Examination shall be held as follows:

(a) The examinations in BOD, CVB, HOM, MIMS, MODA, NAB, VAP, and VRB shall be held twice a year, as follows:

  1. (i)in the Easter Term, on the dates prescribed for Part Ia and Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos;41
  2. (ii)in September, beginning on the Monday next but one before the first day of the Michaelmas Term.

(b) The examinations in FAH, ISBM, and PFVP shall be held twice a year on the last day of Full Lent Term and in the week beginning on the Monday next but one before the first day of the Michaelmas Term.

Standing of candidates.

9. A candidate for the Second Vet.M.B. shall be required:

(a) to have satisfied the University’s premedical requirements for the Vet.M.B. The premedical requirements, which shall be determined by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine, shall be specified in Schedule A to these regulations; the Faculty Board shall have power to amend that schedule from time to time as they think fit;

(b) to have diligently attended approved courses of instruction appropriate to the subject or subjects to be offered in the examination. Approved courses recognized for this purpose shall be listed in Schedule B to these regulations; the Faculty Board shall have power to amend that schedule from time to time as they think fit. The Faculty Board shall have authority to approve for this purpose additional courses offered by a university other than Cambridge, or, in exceptional circumstances to waive the requirement.

The Second Vet.M.B. Examination may be taken by an unmatriculated student who has satisfied these requirements and who is certified on behalf of a College to the Registrary to be a bona fide candidate for admission to the College. A student whose name does not appear on the Veterinary Students Register shall not be a candidate for any subject of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination.

Exemption.

10. (a) The Faculty Board shall have power to grant exemption from any subject or subjects of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination to a candidate for admission as a veterinary student from a university other than Cambridge, provided that the student has satisfied the conditions of Regulation 9 and has attained a satisfactory standard, as prescribed by the Faculty Board, in corresponding subjects taken in an examination for a degree of a university other than Cambridge.

(b) The Faculty Board shall inform the Registrary as early as possible of the names of those candidates who have been granted exemption from any subject or subjects of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination and who have satisfied the requirements in Regulation 10(a). The Registrary shall thereupon post a list of the names outside the Senate-House.

11. A candidate who is unsuccessful in the examination in any subject of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination shall be eligible for re-examination, provided that, except by special permission of the Faculty Board granted in exceptional circumstances,

  1. (i)a student who fails to satisfy the Examiners in any subject other than FAH or ISBM shall not be a candidate for re-examination in that subject later than five months after his or her first attempt in that subject;
  2. (ii)a student who fails to satisfy the Examiners in FAH or ISBM shall not be a candidate for re-examination in that subject later than thirteen months after his or her first attempt in that subject;
  3. (iii)no student shall be a candidate in any subject on more than two occasions in total;
Final Vet. Examination.

12. The Final Veterinary Examination shall consist of three Parts. Except by permission of the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine in exceptional circumstances, no student shall be a candidate for the first time for any Part later than four years after the beginning of his or her course of clinical study.

Part I.

13. The examinations for Part I of the Final Veterinary Examination shall be held on dates determined by the Faculty Board, and shall consist of written papers and practical examinations, as prescribed by the Faculty Board from time to time. The subjects of examination shall be specified by supplementary regulation. All candidates shall make their first attempt at the examination on the first published date for that examination provided that, in exceptional circumstances and for good cause, the Faculty Board may permit a candidate to defer taking the examination until the next timetabled sitting of that examination.

14. Before taking the examination in any subject of Part I, a student must have

  1. (a)completed the Second Veterinary M.B. Examination by having passed all the subjects thereof,
  2. (b)obtained a degree deemed appropriate by the Faculty Board, which shall be a degree of this University if the student has undertaken preclinical veterinary study in the University, and which may otherwise be a degree of a university other than Cambridge, and
  3. (c)produced evidence of having, since the date of his or her matriculation, satisfactorily carried out twelve weeks of extra-mural studies in a form prescribed by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine. A student may exceptionally apply, through his or her College, to the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine for permission to carry out these extra-mural studies while he or she is a candidate for Part I of the Final Veterinary Examination. No student may be a candidate for Part II of the Final Veterinary Examination until he or she has satisfactorily completed these extra-mural studies.

Subject to the provisions of Regulation 19(b) and (c), candidates who fail to satisfy the Examiners in any subject of Part I may present themselves for re-examination, under arrangements approved by the Faculty Board. A student whose name does not appear on the Veterinary Students Register shall not be a candidate for any subject of the Final Vet.M.B. Examination.

Part II.

15. Two sittings of Part II of the Final Veterinary Examination shall be held each year, beginning on the sixth Wednesday of Full Easter Term and on the Monday that next precedes the first day of the Michaelmas Term. All candidates shall make their first attempt at the examination in the Easter Term provided that, in exceptional circumstances and for good cause, the Faculty Board may permit a candidate to defer taking the examination until the following September. The examination shall consist of two written papers and a practical examination. The two written papers and the practical examination shall each be of two hours’ duration. Questions in the two written papers will cover the following areas:

 1.

Parasitic diseases

 2.

Biology of infectious disease

 3.

Basic clinical pharmacology, toxicology, and systems pathology

 4.

Animal health, animal breeding, and nutrition

16. No student may be a candidate for Part II until at least eighteen months have elapsed after the beginning of his or her course of clinical study. A candidate must have passed Part I and must have

  1. (a)produced certificates of diligent attendance at courses of instruction in the following subjects:
  2. (i)the diseases of poultry, including legislation concerned with their control;
  3. (ii)the aetiology, epidemiology, pathology, and prophylaxis of infectious diseases of domestic animals;
  4. (iii)helminthology, protozoology, and entomology, relevant to parasitic disease of domestic animals, and the prevention and treatment of such disease;
  5. (iv)the husbandry, nutrition, and practical breeding of domestic animals in relation to health, welfare, and production; pastoral botany; genetics; veterinary hygiene;
  6. (v)clinical veterinary pharmacology and toxicology;
  7. (vi)animal management and elementary clinical methods;
  8. (vii)pathology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and therapeutics;
  9. (viii)reproduction, infertility, and obstetrics;
  10. (ix)veterinary public health, including practical instruction in the inspection and control of meat and milk;
  11. (x)state veterinary medicine and jurisprudence;
  12. (b)satisfactorily completed the clinical tests which form part of the courses specified in this regulation.
  13. (c)successfully completed project work for the course of clinical study, as defined by the Faculty Board from time to time.

A candidate for Part II shall take both papers and the practical examination at the same sitting. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 19(b) and (c), candidates who fail to satisfy the Examiners may present themselves for re-examination, taking both papers and the practical examination at the same sitting.

Part III.

17. Part III of the Final Veterinary Examination shall be held twice a year beginning on the Friday of the second week of Full Easter Term and on the Monday next preceding the first day of Michaelmas Term. All candidates shall make their first attempt at the examination in the Easter Term provided that, in exceptional circumstances and for good cause, the Faculty Board may permit a candidate to defer taking the examination until the following September. Part III shall consist of four sections, each consisting of a written paper and a practical/oral examination:

 1.

Equine studies

 2.

Small animal studies

 3.

Farm animal studies

 4.

Veterinary public health

The written papers for sections 1 to 3 shall be of three hours’ duration and for section 4 shall be of two hours’ duration.

The Examiners shall take into account such course-work done by candidates, including practical work, as shall from time to time be determined by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine. For this purpose the Head of the Department of Veterinary Medicine shall present to the Examiners a detailed assessment of the performance of each candidate in this course-work. The Examiners shall take the assessments into account in assigning marks for the examination; the maximum percentage of the total marks that may be awarded for course-work shall be determined from time to time by the Faculty Board.

A candidate attempting Part III for the first time shall be required to take a written paper in each of the four sections at the same sitting and a practical/oral examination corresponding to the written paper of each of the four sections of the examination. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 19(b) and (c), candidates who fail to satisfy the Examiners in any subject of Part III may present themselves for re-examination, under arrangements approved by the Faculty Board, in September beginning on the Monday next preceding the first day of the Michaelmas Term. The Examiners may, at their discretion, require any candidate who fails to attain the prescribed standard for any section to take a viva voce examination.

Candidates for Part III shall also be required to undertake an eight-week elective study period, four weeks of which shall take place following the Easter Term sitting of the written examinations. The elective shall be on a subject chosen by the candidate from a list of topics announced by the Faculty Board from time to time, or on a topic proposed by the candidate and approved by the Faculty Board. Candidates shall be required to submit a dissertation of not more than 3,000 words, give an oral presentation of their work of not more than fifteen minutes, and submit a certificate of diligent attendance signed by the elective supervisor. A satisfactory standard must be attained in the dissertation, oral presentation, and certificate of diligent attendance before the degree of Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine can be awarded. In the case of an unsatisfactory standard being achieved in any of the three elements resubmission will be required at the time of the September examination for Part III.

Standing of candidates for Part III.

18. No student may be a candidate for Part III until at least thirty-two months have elapsed after the beginning of his or her course of clinical study. No student may be a candidate for Part III if more than ninety-two months have elapsed since he or she began the preclinical veterinary medicine course, providing that the Faculty Board may waive this condition in exceptional circumstances. A candidate must have passed Part II and

  1. (a)must have produced evidence of having
  2. (i)subsequently attended further courses of instruction in clinical veterinary medicine as concerned in particular with the various species of domestic animals, including satisfactory completion of the clinical tests which form part of these courses;
  3. (ii)attended a course of instruction in applied anatomy, surgical pathology, operative technique, anaesthesia, general and regional surgery, including satisfactory completion of the clinical tests which form part of the course;
  4. (iii)attended a course of instruction in jurisprudence;
  5. (iv)satisfactorily carried out work in the Clinical Pathology Laboratories and the Post Mortem Room of the Veterinary Hospital;
  6. (b)must have had, since the beginning of his or her course of clinical study, at least twenty-six weeks’ practical experience of veterinary work approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine in addition to the twelve weeks of extra-mural studies required by Regulation 15 to have been carried out since matriculation; for this purpose each candidate shall be required to submit for the inspection of the Examiners, not later than the first day of the examination, records of his or her extra-mural studies in a form prescribed by the Faculty Board from time to time.
Restrictions.

19. Except by permission of the Faculty Board in exceptional circumstances, and subject to any conditions determined by them,

  1. (a)no certificate or other evidence produced under Regulation 16(a) shall be accepted if it relates to a course of instruction that began either (i) before the candidate's completion of the Second Veterinary M.B. Examination, or (ii) before the beginning of the candidate's course of clinical study, or (iii) more than eight years after the candidate first took any subject of the Second Veterinary M.B. Examination or an examination leading to exemption from such a subject;
  2. (b)no student shall be re-examined in any Part, or in any subject, paper, or section of a Part, later than two years after his or her first candidature for that Part, subject, paper, or section;
  3. (c)no student shall be a candidate for any Part, or for any subject, paper, or section of a Part on more than three occasions.
Examiners for the Second Vet.M.B. Examination,

20. The arrangements for the appointment of Examiners for the Second Vet.M.B. Examination shall be as follows:

(a) For BOD, HOM, ISBM, MIMS, and MODA the Examiners shall be the Examiners appointed for those subjects in the Second M.B. Examination,

(b) For each of the subjects CVB, FAH, NAB, PFVP, VAP, and VRB the Faculty Board shall nominate a Senior Examiner and such number of other Examiners as are required to conduct the examination; provided that for sittings of subjects of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination held under Regulation 8(a)(i)42 the Examiners shall be the Examiners appointed for those subjects in the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos.

for the Final Veterinary Examination.

21. The Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine shall nominate in each calendar year such number of Examiners for each Part of the Final Veterinary Examination as the General Board on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may determine. The Faculty Board shall also have power to nominate one or more Assessors to assist the Examiners in any Part of the Examination. If required to do so, Assessors shall propose questions in the subject or subjects assigned to them, shall look over the answers of candidates to those questions, shall set and conduct practical, clinical, and oral examinations, and shall report as required to the Examiners. An Assessor may be summoned, for the purpose of consultation and advice, to meetings of the relevant body of Examiners, but shall not be entitled to vote.

22. The Examiners and Assessors shall observe the following provisions:

  1. (a)the Examiners and Assessors in each subject, paper, or section shall be jointly responsible for all the questions set in that subject, paper, or section in the several examinations in which they take part;
  2. (b)at least two Examiners or Assessors shall read the papers and test the practical work of each candidate;
  3. (c)at least two Examiners or Assessors shall be present at, and shall participate in, the viva voce examination of any candidate;
  4. (d)in Part I, in Part II, and in each section of Part III, at least two Examiners shall be present at the meeting at which the list of successful candidates is drawn up.
Class-lists.

23. Separate class-lists shall be published for each subject of the Second Veterinary M.B. Examination, and for each Part of the Final Veterinary Examination. The names of the successful candidates in the several lists shall be arranged in alphabetical order. The lists for Part III of the Final Veterinary Examination shall indicate the sections of the examination in which the candidate has passed. In Part I, in Part II, and in each section of Part III, of the Final Veterinary Examination, a mark of distinction may be affixed to the names of the candidates whose work is of special merit.

Duties of Chairmen of Examiners.

24. The Senior Examiner for each subject of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination and the Chairman of Examiners for each Part of the Final Veterinary Examination shall communicate the marks of all the candidates to the Registrary, and shall communicate to Tutors or other designated College officers, for transmission to their pupils, the marks of their pupils and such other information as may be considered advisable.43

Candidates’ fees.

25. A candidate for the Vet.M.B. Degree shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each term of clinical study for the degree. This fee covers admission and readmission to the Veterinary Examinations and admission to the Vet.M.B. Degree.

SCHEDULE A

Premedical Requirements for the Vet.M.B.

GCE A level and GCSE

1. In this Schedule the Advanced level and AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level passes referred to are passes at those levels in a General Certificate of Education (GCE) issued by an awarding body approved by the relevant regulatory authority in England (QCA), Wales (ACCAC), and Northern Ireland (CCEA). The General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) passes referred to are passes in that Certificate, at Grade A, B, or C, issued by an awarding body approved by the relevant regulatory authority in England (QCA), Wales (ACCAC), and Northern Ireland (CCEA).

Approved equivalents

2. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following shall be regarded as the equivalent of a pass at (Advanced) level:

  1. (a)a pass in the Scottish Qualifications Authority National Course Advanced Higher examination at Grade A, B, C, or D;
  2. (b)a pass in the Scottish Qualifications Authority National Course Higher examination at Grade A, B, or C;
  3. (c)a pass at Grade 5 or above in a subject taken at the Higher level of the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme;
  4. (d)a pass in a General Certificate of Education (GCE) Advanced level within the Advanced Diploma of the Welsh Baccalaureate.

3. For the purpose of this Schedule, the following shall be regarded as the equivalent of a pass at AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level:

  1. (a)a pass at Level 5 or above in a subject taken at the Standard level of the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme.

4. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following shall be regarded as the equivalent of a pass in the GCSE:

  1. (a)a pass at Ordinary level (Grade A, B, or C) in a GCE issued by an examining body approved by the Department for Children, Schools and Families;
  2. (b)a pass in the Scottish Qualifications Authority Standard Grade examination at Grade 1, 2, or 3;
  3. (c)a pass in the International GCSE at Grade A, B, or C;
  4. (d)a pass at Grade 5 or above in a subject taken at Standard level of the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme.

5. Passes in subjects of examinations for certificates conducted overseas by the Local Examinations Syndicate shall be considered for equivalence according to the level attained, provided always that the examination is conducted in the medium of English.

Premedical requirements

6. The premedical requirements for the Vet.M.B. shall consist of two Parts, A and B.

  1. (a)A student shall be deemed to have completed Part A if he or she has either achieved the required standard in an admissions test approved by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine or obtained GCSE passes in the following subjects or equivalents approved by the Faculty Board:
  1. (i)Physics;
  2. (ii)Biology;
  3. (iii)Mathematics;
  1. provided that
  1. (1)a pass in double-award science may be substituted for the passes required under (i) and (ii) above;
  2. (2)passes at Advanced level or AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level may be substituted for the GCSE passes required under (i), (ii), and (iii) above;
  3. (3)a credit in the Science Foundation Course of the Open University may be substituted for the GCSE passes required under (i) and (ii) above.
  1. (b)A student shall be deemed to have completed Part B if he or she has obtained Advanced level or AS (Advanced Subsidiary) level passes in the following subjects or equivalents approved by the Faculty Board:
  2. (i)Chemistry;
  3. (ii)at least two of the following: Physics, Biology, Mathematics;
  4. provided that
  1. (1)at least one of these subjects must be passed at Advanced level;
  2. (2)the examination requirements for matriculation are complied with.
  1. (c)A student shall be deemed to have completed Part B if he or she has obtained honours or has achieved the honours standard in Part Ia of the Natural Sciences Tripos.
  2. (d)For the purposes of the premedical requirements for the Vet.M.B., a student who has obtained an honours degree of this or a recognized university shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements by passing an admissions test approved by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine.

SCHEDULE B

Approved courses of instruction for the Second Vet.M.B. Examination

In addition to the courses offered as specific preparation for the subjects for the Second Vet.M.B. Examination, the following courses have been approved by the Faculty Board of Veterinary Medicine as appropriate courses of instruction for certain subjects of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination.

Subjects in the Second Vet.M.B. Examination

Subject in Tripos Examinations

Biology of Disease

or

NST Ib Pathology

NST II Pathology

Mechanisms of Drug Action

or

NST Ib Pharmacology

NST II Pharmacology

Molecules in Medical Science

or

NST Ib Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

NST II Biochemistry

Homeostasis

and

NST Ia Physiology of Organisms

NST Ib Physiology

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS

Second Veterinary M.B. Examination

Biology of Disease (BOD)

The examination in BOD will be treated from the standpoint of abnormal biology. It will include the variations that may occur in the structure and functions of living cells, tissues, and organs, together with the biology of parasites, bacteria, and viruses. Section I will consist of compulsory short-answer questions on the lecture material. Section II will consist of a two-hour practical examination which will include laboratory work and questions on practical aspects and problem solving.

Comparative Vertebrate Biology (CVB)

The written examination will require knowledge of the structure and function of birds, fish, and certain species of laboratory animal.

Farm Animal Husbandry (FAH)

The written examination will require knowledge of agriculture and animal husbandry.

Homeostasis (HOM)

Section I will consist of computer-marked and short-answer questions on nerve and neuromuscular transmission, muscle, autonomic nervous system, cardiovascular system, respiration, kidney, salt and water balance, digestion, absorption, and temperature regulation. Section II will consist of questions on the practical work in experimental physiology and histology.

Introduction to the Scientific Basis of Medicine (ISBM)

The examination will consist of compulsory short-answer or computer-marked questions on the ISBM course.

Molecules in Medical Science (MIMS)

The examination will test knowledge and understanding of the material contained in the MIMS course. Section I will consist of short-answer questions on the lecture. Section II will consist of questions on practical aspects, including interpretation and handling of data.

Mechanisms of Drug Action (MODA)

Section I, which will include or consist entirely of short-answer questions, will require knowledge of the actions of drugs on whole organisms and mammalian systems, and also of the mode of drug action at the cellular, sub-cellular, and molecular levels. Section II will consist of a practical examination, which will include questions on data handling and problem solving; laboratory work will not be involved. Questions that require an elementary knowledge of statistical procedures may be included in both sections of the examination.

Neurobiology with Animal Behaviour (NAB)

The examination in NAB will require knowledge of the structure and functions of the central nervous system, the special sense organs, neuropharmacology and animal behaviour, with particular reference to domestic animals. Section I will include or consist entirely of compulsory short-answer questions. In Section II, candidates will be examined on practical aspects of neuroanatomy and in experimental neurophysiology; questions may be included which require an elementary knowledge of statistical procedures.

Preparing for the Veterinary Profession (PFVP)

The examination will test knowledge of the material contained in both the first and second year components of the PFVP course.

Veterinary Anatomy and Physiology (VAP)

Section I will consist of computer-marked and short-answer questions on the anatomy of domestic mammals and, on the structure and function of the gastrointestinal systems of herbivorous mammals. Section II will consist of questions on associated practical work.

Veterinary Reproductive Biology (VRB)

Section I of the examination will consist of computer-marked and short-answer questions on the structure and function of the reproductive systems of mammals, with particular reference to domestic mammals. Section II will consist of questions on associated practical work and may include a data-handling exercise.

Final Veterinary Examination

Part I

The papers and practical components of the examination shall be as follows:

Paper  1.

Respiratory system

Paper  2.

Radiography and radiology

Paper  3.

Parasitology 1

Paper  4.

Dermatology

Paper  5.

Biology of infectious disease in domestic animals (in addition there will be a written project and an oral presentation)

Paper  6.

Clinical pathology

Paper  7.

Parasitology 2

Paper  8.

Nutrition

Paper  9.

Urology

Paper 10.

Animal breeding

Paper 11.

Alimentary system

Paper 12.

Neurology

Paper 13.

Endocrinology and metabolic diseases

Paper 14.

Cardiology

Paper 15.

Veterinary public health

The written papers will each be of one hour’s duration, excepting Papers 3, 7, and 11 which will each be of two hours' duration and have a practical component.

Part III

The examination will consist of four sections. In three of the sections there will be a three-hour written paper and a practical/oral examination. In the fourth section there will be a two-hour written examination and a practical/oral examination. In order to satisfy the Examiners in each section candidates will be required to attain a prescribed standard in the written paper before proceeding to the practical/oral examination.

Doctor of Veterinary Medicine

Qualifications required.

1. In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Veterinary Medicine a candidate shall be required to provide evidence of a significant original contribution to the study of Veterinary Medicine.

Standing of candidates.

2. Any person may apply to be registered as a candidate for the degree who

  1. either(a)holds a degree of the University,
  2. or(b)holds a University office or an unestablished appointment on the staff of the Veterinary School,

and also holds one of the following qualifications:

  1. either(i)a veterinary degree giving entitlement to provisional or full registration with the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons,
  2. or(ii)a degree recognized by the Council of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons for the purpose of full registration,
  3. or(iii)a veterinary degree approved by the Vet.M.D. Committee for the purpose of candidature.

No one shall be registered as a candidate for the degree until five years have elapsed since the date of his or her admission to a veterinary degree as specified above.

Vet.M.D. Committee.

3. There shall be a Vet.M.D. Committee, which shall consist of:

  1. (a)the Head of the Department of Veterinary Medicine or a deputy appointed by the Head of the Department, who shall be Chairman;
  2. (b)six persons appointed by the Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine;
  3. (c)not more than six persons co-opted by the Committee.

Members in class (b) shall be appointed in the Michaelmas Term to serve for three years from 1 January following their appointment. Members in class (c) shall serve for such period as the Committee shall determine at the time of their co-optation.

Quorum.

4. No business shall be transacted at a meeting of the Committee unless four of the members in classes (a) and (b) are present.

Applications.

5. Any person who wishes to be registered as a candidate for the degree shall submit an application to the Secretary of the Vet.M.D. Committee. The application shall specify:

  1. (a)the applicant's proposed subject of study or research, including a plan of the work to be undertaken and an account of the methods to be used;
  2. (b)the place where the work is to be undertaken;
  3. (c)the method of financing the work;
  4. (d)the name of a suitably qualified person who is proposed as supervisor of the work.
  5. Each application shall be accompanied by an application fee.44

6. Each application shall be submitted to the Vet.M.D. Committee, who may refer it to one or more referees for their opinion and advice before deciding whether to approve or reject the application or to suggest some modification of the applicant's proposals. Each referee appointed under this regulation shall receive a fee.44 The Secretary of the Vet.M.D. Committee shall maintain a record of persons who are registered as candidates for the degree; when an application has been approved, the applicant's name shall be entered on the record. The Committee shall determine the conditions, if any, of an applicant's registration and shall assign to him or her a date of commencement of candidature.

Examination.

7. The examination for the degree of Vet.M.D. shall consist of:

  1. (a)the submission of a dissertation embodying the results of the candidate's study or research, which shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 9 and 10;
  2. (b)an oral examination on the subject of the dissertation and the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

By special permission of the Vet.M.D. Committee, candidates may submit with the dissertation published work which they wish the Examiners to consider; such work may be considered by the Examiners at their discretion.

8. A candidate may submit his or her dissertation not earlier than two years and not later than six years after the date of registration for the degree, provided that the Vet.M.D. Committee may give a candidate special permission to delay submission until a later date. When submitting a dissertation a candidate shall pay a submission fee.44

9. In submitting their dissertations, candidates shall state, generally in a preface and specifically in notes or in a bibliography, the sources from which their information is derived, the extent to which they have availed themselves of the work of others, and the portions of the dissertation which are claimed as original. They shall also be required to declare that the dissertation submitted is not substantially the same as any that they may have submitted for another degree or for a diploma or similar qualification. A dissertation, apart from quotations, shall be written in English. The Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine shall have power to specify a maximum length for dissertations.

10. Two copies of each candidate's dissertation, accompanied by two copies of a summary of about 300 words in length, shall be sent to the Secretary of the Degree Committee for the Faculties of Clinical Medicine and Veterinary Medicine. Each dissertation shall be referred to two Examiners, appointed by the Degree Committee. Each Examiner shall make an independent report to the Degree Committee on the dissertation. The two Examiners shall jointly conduct the oral examination specified in Regulation 7(b), and shall sign a joint certificate of the result. If the Examiners do not agree in their recommendations or if for any other reason the Degree Committee or the Board of Graduate Studies need a further opinion or opinions on the merit of the work submitted, the Degree Committee may appoint an additional Examiner or additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner shall be appointed without leave of the Board of Graduate Studies. Each additional Examiner so appointed shall make an independent report on the dissertation to the Degree Committee. Each Examiner shall receive a fee, and shall be entitled to claim travelling expenses and a subsistence allowance as appropriate.44

Re-examination.

11. If a candidate fails to satisfy the Examiners in the oral examination specified in Regulation 7(b), the Degree Committee may permit the candidate to be re-examined by the same Examiners on payment of an additional fee.44 Permission so given shall be communicated to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies and shall not be given on more than one occasion. Each Examiner who takes part in an examination under this regulation shall be paid an additional fee, in addition to any fees to which he or she may be entitled under Regulation 10, and may also claim travelling expenses in accordance with the provisions of that regulation.

12. The Board of Graduate Studies shall be the deciding authority on all recommendations for the award of the degree. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners on a candidate's dissertation and on his or her performance in the oral examination, the Degree Committee are satisfied that the candidate's work is of the requisite standard for the degree, a resolution of the Committee to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies, together with the reports of the Examiners. If the Board, after receiving such communication, at a meeting at which not less than five members of the Board are present, resolve that the candidate be approved for the degree, the Secretary of the Board shall publish a notice of the candidate's approval for the award of the degree.

Failure.

13. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee are of the opinion that a candidate's dissertation is not of the requisite standard for the degree, they may recommend to the Board of Graduate Studies that the candidate be permitted to submit a revised dissertation. The communication conveying such a recommendation shall contain the names of those present and voting on either side, and shall be accompanied by the reports of the Examiners. The Board may permit a candidate to submit a revised dissertation on not more than one occasion.

14. If, after considering the reports of the Examiners, the Degree Committee are of the opinion that a candidate's work is not of the requisite standard for the degree, and if they do not recommend that the candidate be allowed to submit a revised dissertation, their resolution to that effect, with the names of those present and voting on either side, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies, together with the reports of the Examiners. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate this decision to the candidate.

15. A candidate who is not approved for the degree

  1. (a)shall not be eligible to submit a dissertation which is substantially the same in candidature for the Ph.D. or M.Sc. Degree;
  2. (b)may apply to be registered again as a candidate for the degree; such application may be made on not more than one occasion, after a period of not less than five years from the date of the applicant's original registration.
Work to be deposited in Library.

16. Before being admitted to the degree, a successful candidate shall deposit with the Secretary of the Vet.M.D. Committee two copies of the dissertation and of the summary, both the dissertation and the summary being in a form approved by the Committee. The Secretary of the Committee shall deposit copies of the dissertation and the summary in the University Library and in the library of the Department of Veterinary Medicine, where they shall be available for consultation and for making copies for inter-library loan purposes.

17. No fee shall be payable on admission to the degree.

SCHEDULE

Fees to be paid by candidates and payments to Examiners

Application fee (Regulation 5): £220.

Payment to a referee (Regulation 6): £45.

Submission fee (Regulation 8): £500.

Payment to each Examiner taking part in the oral examination (Regulation 10): £135.

Payment to an additional Examiner (Regulation 10): £90.

Additional fee to be paid by a candidate on re-examination (Regulation 11): £135.

Additional payment to each Examiner taking part in a second examination under Regulation 11: £45.

An Examiner may claim travelling and other expenses in accordance with Regulation 12 of the regulations for the Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt. Degrees.

DIPLOMA IN THE CONSERVATION OF EASEL PAINTINGS

Conditions of award.

1. The Diploma in the Conservation of Easel Paintings shall be awarded to a member of the University who has diligently attended a three-year course of instruction prescribed by the Faculty Board of Architecture and History of Art in consultation with the Director of the Hamilton Kerr Institute and has satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the Diploma as defined in the following regulations; provided that he or she has kept at least three terms. For the purpose of this regulation graduates of the University may count previous residence in statu pupillari.

Standing of candidates.

2. A candidate for the Diploma must be approved by the Degree Committee of the Faculty of Architecture and History of Art, who shall assign to each candidate a date of commencement of candidature. A candidate must also have:

  1. (i)obtained honours in a first degree, normally in one or more subjects relevant to the course;
  2. (ii)produced other evidence to satisfy the Degree Committee of his or her fitness to study for the Diploma.

3. Applications for approval must be sent, together with evidence of the qualifications required under Regulation 2, to the Administrator of the Hamilton Kerr Institute so as to arrive not later than the last day of February in the academical year next before that in which candidature is to begin.

First-year qualifying examination.

4. The qualifying examination for the Diploma at the end of the first year shall consist of:

  1. (i)three written papers:

   Practical conservation,

   Science of materials,

   Theory of conservation;

and

  1. (ii)three areas of studio-work:

   Laboratory practical,

   Examination of painting,

   Photography practical.

A candidate whose studio-work throughout the first year is successful, but whose written work fails to satisfy the Examiners, may apply to the Degree Committee for permission to take the written examinations on one more occasion within six months of his or her first attempt. A candidate whose studio-work is deemed by the Examiners to be below standard will not be allowed to continue the course.

Second-year examination.

5. The examination for the second year of the Diploma shall consist of:

  1. (i)a portfolio of studio-work which shall be examined by continuous assessment;
  2. (ii)written work, consisting of four essays of not less than 3,000 words and not more than 5,000 words in length, on four topics of the candidate's choice and approved by the Degree Committee, selected from the following subject areas:

(a) historical aspects,

(e) studio practices,

(b) technical aspects,

(f) ethical issues,

(c) environmental impact,

(g) treatment report and technical examination;

(d) material behaviour,

 
  1. and(iii)two seminar presentations, each of 30 minutes’ duration and of comparable substance to the written essays on topics selected from (a)–(g) above.

One of the essays or one of the seminar presentations must be selected from area (g).

Third-year examination.

6. The examination for the third year of the Diploma shall consist of:

  1. (i)a Project, of no less than 5,000 words and no more than 10,000 words in length, to include a practical component, on a subject area of interest to the student and approved by the Degree Committee which shall be submitted in typewritten form by 7 July;
  2. (ii)a Copy, i.e. the examination of a painting and the reproduction of the artist's technique, accompanied by documentation of no less than 5,000 words in length and no more than 10,000 words in length, which shall be submitted by 7 July;
  3. (iii)studio-work which shall be reviewed at the end of the year;
  4. and(iv)a viva voce examination in connection with the studio-work and other written work submitted by the student.
Examiners and Assessors.

7. The Degree Committee shall nominate such number of Examiners and Assessors for each examination as they deem sufficient.

8. A candidate who has satisfied the Examiners in the examination as a whole shall be entitled to a Diploma.

Diploma.

9. The Diploma shall be in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT             having satisfied the preliminary conditions and having been admitted to the examinations appointed by the University of Cambridge has been approved by the Examiners and has been awarded the Diploma in the Conservation of Easel Painting.

Fees.

10. While studying in the University for the Diploma a candidate shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each term of such study.

Relation to courses of research.

11. A student who has qualified to receive the Diploma shall not be entitled to count the period or any part of the period during which he or she was a candidate for the Diploma towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt.

DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS

Conditions of award.

1. The Diploma in Economics shall be awarded to a member of the University, qualified under Regulation 2, who has diligently attended the course of instruction prescribed by the Faculty Board of Economics, and who has satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the Diploma as defined in the following regulations; provided that he or she has kept three terms. For the purpose of this regulation graduates of the University may count previous residence in statu pupillari.

2. A candidate for the Diploma must be admitted as a Graduate Student by the Board of Graduate Studies, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Economics. The Board shall assign to each candidate a date of commencement of candidature. Each candidate shall pursue in the University a course of study extending over one academical year under the direction of a Supervisor appointed by the Degree Committee, and shall comply with any special conditions that the Degree Committee and the Board may prescribe.

Supervisors’ reports.

3. Every Supervisor shall send to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies reports on the work of each candidate under his or her charge, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 8 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Payments to Supervisors.

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 11 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student, the Board of Graduate Studies, after consultation with the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Economics, shall have power to determine the payments to be made to Supervisors who are not University officers in respect of candidates for the Diploma.

5. No one shall be a candidate in the same year both for the Diploma in Economics and for another University examination, and no one shall be a candidate for the Diploma in Economics on more than one occasion.

Scheme of examination.

6. The examination shall consist of three papers, as follows:

 Paper 1. Microeconomics.

 Paper 2. Macroeconomics.

 Paper 3. Econometrics.

Not later than the end of the Easter Term each year the Degree Committee shall announce, for the examination to be held in the academical year next following, the form of examination for each of Papers 1 and 2, which shall be either (a) a written paper of three hours’ duration, or (b) a written paper of three hours’ duration together with the submission of an essay, of not more than 3,000 words45 in length, dealing with a single topic within the field of the paper. The examination for Paper 3 shall consist of a written paper of three hours’ duration together with the submission of an account of an econometric project undertaken by the candidate.

Supplementary regulations.

7. The Degree Committee shall have power to issue supplementary regulations defining or limiting the scope of the papers, and to modify or alter such supplementary regulations as occasion may require.

Examiners and Assessors.

8. The Degree Committee shall nominate such number of Examiners and Assessors as they shall deem sufficient and shall nominate one of the Examiners to be Chairman. The Chairman shall send a written report on each candidate's performance in the examination to the Secretary of the Degree Committee.

Award.

9. If the Degree Committee, after considering the report from the Chairman of Examiners, resolve that a candidate is entitled to a Diploma, their recommendation to that effect with the names of those present and voting on either side, together with the report of the Examiners, shall be sent to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies. A candidate who in the opinion of the Degree Committee deserves special credit shall be entitled to a Diploma with distinction. The award of a Diploma shall be made and published by the Board of Graduate Studies.

Failure.

10. If the Degree Committee are of the opinion that a candidate's performance in the examination is of insufficient merit to entitle him or her to the Diploma, their resolution to that effect, together with the candidate's marks, shall be communicated to the Board of Graduate Studies. The Secretary of the Board shall communicate the decision to the candidate.

11. The Diploma shall be in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT            having satisfied the preliminary conditions and having been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge has been approved46         by the Examiners and has been awarded the Diploma in Economics.

Candidate's fees.

12. While studying in the University for the Diploma a candidate shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each term of such study.

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS

Paper 1. Microeconomics

This paper offers a basic grounding in microeconomic analysis with applications to economic problems. The aim of the paper is to develop the theoretical framework, and to provide an opportunity to apply principles to practical problems.

Paper 2. Macroeconomics

This paper deals with the analysis of economies treated as complete systems and is concerned with problems of fluctuations in economic activity, employment and unemployment, inflation, economic growth, international economics and the balance of payments, the aggregate distribution of income and wealth. The paper covers analytic methods and models which provide a framework for the analysis of macroeconomic problems.

Paper 3. Econometrics

This paper deals with the statistical analysis of microeconomic and macroeconomic data as a basis for empirical studies in economics. The paper assumes a background knowledge of statistical methods as a descriptive and summarizing device and an elementary knowledge of probability theory and statistical inference.

The examination for Paper 3 consists of a written examination of three hours’ duration and the submission of an account of a project undertaken by the candidate. The written examination will contribute a weight of two-thirds, and the project a weight of one-third, towards the marks for this paper. In the written paper, candidates will be expected to answer questions on statistical and econometric methods and their applications. The project will be set by the Examiners and will enable candidates to apply their economic and statistical knowledge to an empirical problem.

POSTGRAGUATE DIPLOMA IN LEGAL STUDIES   AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INTERNATIONAL LAW

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1112)

Conditions of award.

1. A Postgraduate Diploma in Legal Studies, or a Postgraduate Diploma in International Law, may be awarded by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law to a member of the University who has satisfied the requirements of the following regulations; provided that he or she has kept three terms. For the purposes of this regulation graduates of the University may count previous residence in statu pupillari.

2. A candidate for the Diploma must be admitted as a Graduate Student, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, by the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall assign to each candidate a date of commencement of candidature.

Candidate must be under supervision.

3. A candidate for a Diploma shall pursue a course of study in the University for at least three terms, provided that a candidate who is a graduate of the University may, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee and with the approval of the Board of Graduate Studies, study at a university or other institution outside England in satisfaction of this requirement in whole or in part. Every candidate, whether studying in Cambridge or elsewhere, shall be placed under the direction of a Supervisor appointed by the Degree Committee and shall be subject to any special conditions that the Committee may prescribe in his or her case.

Supervisor's reports.

4. Every Supervisor shall send to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies reports on the work of each candidate under his or her charge, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 8 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Thesis.

5. The exercise for the Diploma shall be a thesis on a subject, approved by the Degree Committee, which falls within the field of Law or of International Law. The thesis, which shall not without the leave of the Degree Committee exceed 30,000 words in length, including footnotes, but excluding appendices and bibliography, must afford evidence of serious study by the candidate and of ability to discuss a difficult problem critically.

6. Each candidate shall submit two copies of his or her thesis to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies not earlier than the end of the second term, nor later than the end of the fifth term, after the term in which his or her candidature commenced, provided that the Board of Graduate Studies may, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, allow a candidate to submit it at a later date. Each candidate will be required to sign a declaration that the thesis is his or her own work, unaided except as may be specified in the declaration, and that it does not contain material that has already been used to any substantial extent for a comparable purpose.

Examiners.

7. Each thesis shall be referred to two Examiners, appointed by the Degree Committee, who may, at their discretion, examine the candidate orally on the thesis and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. Each Examiner shall submit a separate report to the Degree Committee on the candidate's thesis, and the Examiners shall submit a joint report on the candidate's performance in the oral examination if such is held.

8. If the Degree Committee require a further opinion or opinions on the merits of a candidate's thesis, they may appoint additional Examiners, provided that not more than one additional Examiner may be appointed without the leave of the Board of Graduate Studies.

Awards.

9. The Degree Committee, after considering the reports of the Examiners, shall resolve whether the candidate is entitled to be awarded a Diploma, and shall inform the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies accordingly. The award of a Diploma shall be published by the Board of Graduate Studies. The Degree Committee may allow an unsuccessful candidate to resubmit his or her thesis within a time limit fixed by them, which will normally not extend beyond the end of the term next following that in which the candidate is notified of the Degree Committee's decision to allow resubmission.

Form of Diploma.

10. A Postgraduate Diploma shall be in the following form, the subject being specified as ‘Legal Studies’ or ‘International Law’.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT            having satisfied the preliminary conditions and having presented a thesis approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law has been awarded the Postgraduate Diploma in Legal Studies (International Law).

Fees.

11. While studying for the Diploma a candidate shall pay a University Composition Fee as prescribed in Regulation 11 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Payments to Supervisors.

12. Payment of a fee to a Supervisor who is not a University officer (other than an Associate Lecturer who receives no stipend from the University) shall be as prescribed in the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT STUDIES

Rescinded by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1113)

DIPLOMAS IN MODERN LANGUAGES

Standing of candidates.

1. A Diploma in a Modern Language shall be awarded to any person whose candidature has been approved by the Faculty Board of Modern and Medieval Languages and who has attended a course of instruction prescribed by the Faculty Board, and has satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the Diploma.

2. The Faculty Board shall announce from time to time the languages in which Diplomas may be awarded, provided that no student shall be a candidate for a Diploma in a language in which he or she is in the same term offering as a candidate for honours in the Tripos.

Scheme of examination.

3. In each language the examination shall consist of an oral examination and two written papers as follows:

 Paper 1.

Use of the foreign language.

 Paper 2.

Translation from the foreign language. (Two hours)

The form, scope, and standard of the written papers and the oral examination shall be the same as that of Papers B1 and B2 and Oral Examination B of the Modern and Medieval Languages Tripos.

A candidate for a Diploma in any language shall take the oral examination and the written papers in that language in the same term.

4. The maximum marks allocated to each component of the examination shall be in the following proportions:

 Paper 1

3

 Paper 2

2

 Oral examination

1

Examiners and Assessors.

5. The Examiners in any language shall be the Examiners for that language in Part Ia of the Modern and Medieval Languages Tripos. The Faculty Board shall have power to nominate one or more Assessors to assist the Examiners.

Class-lists.

6. The list of successful candidates, which shall be published at the same time as the class-list for Part Ia of the Modern and Medieval Languages Tripos, shall specify the language in which each candidate has satisfied the Examiners. The symbol (d) shall be placed against the names of candidates who acquit themselves with distinction in the examination, and the symbol (c) against the names of those who acquit themselves with credit.

7. The Diploma shall be in the following form:

Form of Diploma.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT            having satisfied the preliminary conditions has been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge and has been approved47          by the Examiners and has been awarded the Diploma in48

Fees.

8. Any candidate studying in the University for a Diploma, if not already paying University Composition Fees, shall pay the appropriate Composition Fee for each term of such study. A candidate for the Diploma who has not paid a University Composition Fee for the term in which the examination is held shall pay an examination fee of £60.

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1112)

Conditions of award.

1. The Advanced Diploma in Theology and Religious Studies shall be awarded to a member of the University, qualified under Regulation 2, who has diligently attended the course of instruction prescribed by the Faculty Board of Divinity, which shall extend over one academical year, and who has satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the Diploma as defined in the following regulations; provided that he or she has kept three terms. For the purpose of this regulation graduates of the University may count previous residence in statu pupillari.

Standing of candidates.

2. A candidate for the Diploma must be approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Divinity, who shall assign to each candidate a date of commencement of candidature. No one shall be a candidate for the Diploma who has been a candidate for Parts IIa or IIb of the Theological and Religious Studies Tripos; no one shall be a candidate in the same year both for the Diploma in Theology and Religious Studies and for another Diploma or for any Honours Examination, and no one shall be a candidate for the Diploma in Theology and Religious Studies on more than one occasion.

Scheme of examination.

3. The examination for the Diploma shall consist of two Parts, as follows:

Part A

Written papers. Each candidate shall offer three papers chosen from Paper A1 and any of the papers in Groups of B, C, and D of the Theological and Religious Studies Tripos, provided that

  1. (a)each candidate's choice of papers shall be subject to approval by the Degree Committee;
  2. (b)a candidate shall offer at least one paper from Group C or Group D;
  3. (c)a candidate shall offer only one paper from Papers A1, B1, and C1;
  4. (d)a candidate shall not offer a paper which he or she has previously offered in an Honours Examination;
  5. (e)subject to the approval of the Degree Committee, a candidate may elect to offer four papers, in which case the candidate's performance in the paper in which the Examiners judge his or her work to be least good shall be taken into account only if that would be to the candidate's advantage;
  6. (f)no candidate shall offer more than one paper examined by an alternative mode of assessment.

Part B

A dissertation of not more than 10,000 words in length, including footnotes but not bibliography, on a subject approved by the Degree Committee. Candidates shall submit their dissertations to the Secretary of the Degree Committee by the third Monday of Full Easter Term of the year in which they are examined. Each candidate will be required to sign a declaration that the dissertation is his or her own work, unaided except as may be specified in the declaration, and that it does not contain material that has already been used to any substantial extent for a comparable purpose. The Examiners shall have power to examine a candidate viva voce on the subject of his or her dissertation and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls.

Examiners and Assessors.

4. The Degree Committee shall nominate such number of Examiners as they deem sufficient; they shall also have power to nominate one or more Assessors to the Examiners.

5. A candidate who has satisfied the Examiners in both Parts of the examination shall be entitled to a Diploma.

6. In the list of successful candidates special excellence in the examination shall be recognized by the award of a mark of distinction.

Form of Diploma.

7. The Advanced Diploma shall be in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT             having satisfied the preliminary conditions and having been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge has been approved49           by the Examiners and has been awarded the Advanced Diploma in Theology and Religious Studies.

Fees.

8. While studying in the University for the Diploma a candidate shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each term of such study.

Relation to courses of research.

9. A student who has taken the examination for the Diploma shall not be entitled to count the period or any part of the period during which he or she has been a candidate for the Diploma towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt.

CERTIFICATE IN HUMANITIES COMPUTING FOR LANGUAGES

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 937)

Standing of candidates.

1. A Certificate in Humanities Computing for Languages shall be awarded to any person whose candidature has been approved by the Faculty Board of Modern and Medieval Languages and who has attended a course of lectures and classes prescribed by the Faculty Board, has satisfactorily completed the assignments for the course, and has also satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the Certificate.

Scheme of examination.

2. The examination for the Certificate shall consist of:

  1. (a)the creation of an academic-related website, which in the case of candidates studying for the Modern and Medieval Languages Tripos, shall be produced in a language other than English, which meets the requirements set out by the Faculty Board from time to time;
  2. (b)a project in any field of humanities computing approved by the Faculty Board accompanied by a report of not more than 2,000 words.

3. The Faculty Board shall have power to define or limit the languages available for the requirements of the examination.

Examiners and Assessors.

4. The Faculty Board shall nominate such number of Examiners and Assessors as they deem sufficient.

Class-list.

5. In the list of successful candidates the symbol (d) shall be placed against the names of candidates who acquit themselves with distinction in the examination, and the symbol (c) against the names of those who acquit themselves with credit.

Form of Certificate.

6. The Certificate shall be in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT                    having satisfied the preliminary conditions has been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge and has been approved50           by the Examiners and has been awarded the Certificate in Humanities Computing for Languages.

Fees.

7. Any candidate studying in the University for the Certificate, if not already paying a University Composition Fee, shall pay the appropriate Composition Fee for each term of such study. A candidate for the Certificate who has not paid a University Composition Fee for the term in which the examination is held shall pay an examination fee of £45.

CERTIFICATES IN MODERN LANGUAGES

Standing of candidates.

1. A Certificate in a Modern Language shall be awarded to any person whose candidature has been approved by the Faculty Board of Modern and Medieval Languages and who has attended a course of instruction prescribed by the Faculty Board, and has satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the Certificate.

2. The Faculty Board shall announce from time to time the languages in which Certificates may be awarded. A student may be a candidate for examination in any of the languages specified by the Faculty Board, provided that no student shall be a candidate for a Certificate in a language which he or she is in the same term offering as a candidate for honours in the Tripos.

Scheme of examination.

3. In each language the examination shall consist of an oral examination and two written papers as follows:

 Paper 1.

Introduction to the foreign language, 1.

 Paper 2.

Introduction to the foreign language, 2. (Two hours)

The form, scope, and standard of the written papers and the oral examination shall be the same as that of Papers A1 and A2 and Oral Examination A of the Modern and Medieval Languages Tripos.

A candidate for a Certificate in any language shall take the oral examination and the written papers in that language in the same term.

Supplementary regulations.

4. The Faculty Board shall have power to define or limit by supplementary regulations all or any of the subjects of the examination, and to modify or alter any such supplementary regulations as occasion may require, due care being taken that sufficient notice is given of any change.

5. The maximum marks allocated to each component of the examination shall be in the following proportions:

 Paper 1

3

 Paper 2

2

 Oral examination

1

Examiners and Assessors.

6. The Faculty Board shall nominate such number of Examiners and Assessors as they deem sufficient.

Class-list.

7. The list of successful candidates shall specify the language in which each candidate has satisfied the Examiners. The symbol (d) shall be placed against the names of candidates who acquit themselves with distinction in the examination, and the symbol (c) against the names of those who acquit themselves with credit.

Form of Certificate.

8. The Certificate shall be in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT                    having satisfied the preliminary conditions has been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge and has been approved50          by the Examiners and has been awarded the Certificate in51

Fees.

9. Any candidate studying in the University for a Certificate, if not already paying a University Composition Fee, shall pay the appropriate Composition Fee for each term of such study. A candidate for the Certificate who has not paid a University Composition Fee for the term in which the examination is held shall pay an examination fee of £45.

CERTIFICATES OF POSTGRADUATE STUDY

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 644)

Subjects of study.

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research. A subject of such study, and the special regulations for each subject, shall be approved by the General Board on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or other body concerned after consultation with the appropriate Degree Committee, and after submission to, and approval by, the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall satisfy themselves that candidates for the Certificate who may wish to become candidates for the degree of Ph.D., Eng.D., M.Sc. or M.Litt. will receive sufficient training in research to justify the granting of leave to count a whole or some part of the period of candidature for the Certificate towards a full-time or a part-time course of research for one of these degrees.

Course of instruction.

2. The full-time course of instruction for the Certificate shall normally extend over three consecutive terms and the part-time course of instruction shall normally extend over five consecutive terms. The Board of Graduate Studies, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned, may agree that, for some specified courses, the full-time course of instruction may extend beyond three terms. The Board may also permit a candidate in exceptional circumstances to spend up to two years from the date of commencement of candidature in study for the Certificate.

Standing of candidates.

3. A candidate for the Certificate must have been granted admission as a Graduate Student, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned, by the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall assign a date of commencement of candidature. A candidate for the Certificate must also

  1. either(a)if a member of the University, have completed the examination and residence requirements for the B.A. Degree;
  2. or(b)if not a member of the University, produce such evidence of fitness to study for the Certificate as may be approved by the Degree Committee concerned.

Each application for admission to the status of Graduate Student must contain a statement of the course of study which the applicant desires to pursue and a statement of qualification, attainments, and previous study, and shall be sent to the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall forward it to the Degree Committee concerned.

Supervisor.

4. A candidate shall study for the Certificate in Cambridge, or such other place as the Board and the Degree Committee concerned shall determine, under the direction of a Supervisor appointed by the Degree Committee concerned, and under any special conditions that the Committee may lay down in his or her case. All appointments of Supervisors shall be communicated by the Degree Committee to the Board of Graduate Studies, who shall be competent to make representations to the Committee about any particular appointment.

Every Supervisor shall send to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies reports on the work of each candidate under his or her charge, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 8 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Dissertation and oral examination.

5. Each candidate shall be required to submit a dissertation, unless otherwise prescribed in the Special Regulations for the subject for which he or she is registered, and to undertake an oral examination and to undergo such other forms of examination as are prescribed in the Special Regulations for that subject.

6. The names of candidates who are to be examined in written papers shall be sent by the Degree Committee to the Secretary of the Board of Graduate Studies on or before 1 December next preceding the examination, together with a statement of the approved field of study in which each candidate is to be examined.

Selection of course of study.

7. Each candidate shall propose, on the advice of his or her Supervisor, a title for a dissertation, and shall submit the proposal, not later than the end of the second term of candidature for full-time students or the third term of candidature for a part-time student, to the Board of Graduate Studies, in accordance with detailed arrangements specified by the Board, for approval by the Board on the recommendation of the Degree Committee concerned.

8. Each candidate shall submit two copies of his or her dissertation to the Board of Graduate Studies, in accordance with detailed arrangements specified by the Board, so as to arrive by a date which shall be determined by the Board, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, and which shall be not later than the last day of the student's third term of full-time candidature (fifth term of part-time candidature) unless the Board, on the recommendation of the Degree Committee, have allowed an extension of time under Regulation 2. Each candidate shall state generally in a preface to the dissertation and specifically in notes the sources from which information has been derived.

9. Each candidate's dissertation shall be referred to two Examiners appointed by the Degree Committee concerned.

Examiners.

10. The Examiners shall jointly examine the candidate orally upon the subject of his or her dissertation and on the general field of knowledge within which it falls. If the candidate is required in addition to satisfy the Examiners in a written examination, the arrangements for such an examination shall be made by the Degree Committee concerned, and the Examiners shall be the Examiners appointed to examine the dissertation. The Examiners shall report to the Degree Committee and shall at the same time return to them the two copies of the dissertation, which shall then be sent to the Board of Graduate Studies with the Degree Committee's recommendation on the award of the Certificate.

Award of Certificates.

11. The awards of Certificates shall be made and published by the Board of Graduate Studies, but no publication shall be made of an award to a Graduate Student who has been given leave by the Board of Graduate Studies to count the period or any part of it during which he or she has been a candidate for the Certificate towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., Eng.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt. No such Graduate Student shall be entitled to receive the Certificate so long as he or she remains on the Register of Graduate Studies, nor subsequently if he or she should submit a dissertation for the degree of Ph.D., Eng.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt. Nothing in this regulation shall prevent a person who has been awarded the Certificate, and whose name has been removed from the Register of Graduate Students, from being restored to that register as a candidate for the degree of Ph.D., Eng.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt., and, if the Board of Graduate Studies think fit, from being granted leave to count the whole or some part of the period of candidature for the Certificate towards a course of research for one of the aforementioned degrees. No candidate shall be entitled to receive the Certificate unless he or she has attended the prescribed course of instruction.

Form of Certificate.

12. The Certificate shall be in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT              having diligently attended a course of postgraduate instruction in52            and having been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge has been approved by the Examiners and has been awarded the Certificate of Postgraduate Study in52

Remuneration of Supervisors.

13. Payment of a fee to a Supervisor who is not a University officer (other than an Associate Lecturer who receives no stipend from the University) shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 14 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

Candidate's fees.

14. While studying for the Certificate, a candidate shall pay a University Composition Fee as prescribed in Regulation 11 of the general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student.

15. A candidate who is not awarded a Certificate may not be a candidate again either in the same or in any other field.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS

Anglo-Saxon, Norse, and Celtic

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Anglo-Saxon, Norse, and Celtic.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at courses of seminars and classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations;
  3. (c)completion of the registration procedure prescribed by the Degree Committee.

3. The dissertation shall take the form of either a substantive essay on the topic approved under Regulation 2(b) or a specimen of written work having an evident and central relation to the larger dissertation which the student intends to submit in candidature for the M.Litt. or the Ph.D. Degree. A dissertation shall be between 8,000 and 10,000 words in length, and shall have been composed wholly or largely in the period since the student's admission as a Graduate Student.

Chemical Engineering

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Chemical Engineering.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures proposed by the Chemical Engineering and Biotechnology Syndicate and approved by the Degree Committee concerned;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)experimental or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)training in research by means of assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)training in research by means of an original research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique.

Computer Science

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Computer Science.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Computer Science and Technology;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)a small research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination for the Certificate may include (in addition to the submission of a dissertation and an oral examination as laid down in General Regulation 5) one or two written papers on subjects cognate to the lectures attended by the candidate.

4. The dissertation shall be of not more than 10,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, bibliography, and appendices.

Economics

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Economics.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at courses of lectures, seminars, and classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Economics;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations.

3. The dissertation shall take the form of a specimen of written work having an evident and central relation to the larger dissertation which the student intends to submit in candidature for the M.Litt. or the Ph.D. Degree. A dissertation shall be of not more than 20,000 words in length, inclusive of footnotes but exclusive of appendices and bibliography, and shall have been composed wholly or largely in the period since the student's admission as a Graduate Student.

4. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include (in addition to the submission of a dissertation and an oral examination as laid down in General Regulation 5) written papers or other exercises on subjects cognate to the lectures, seminars, and classes attended by the candidate.

Engineering

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Engineering.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Engineering;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)experimental or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)training in research by means of assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)training in research by means of an original research investigation.

English

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in English.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at courses of seminars and classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of English;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations;
  3. (c)completion of the registration procedure prescribed by the Degree Committee.

3. The dissertation shall take the form of either a substantive essay on the topic approved under Regulation 2(b) or a specimen of written work having an evident and central relation to the larger dissertation which the student intends to submit in candidature for the M.Litt. or the Ph.D. Degree. A dissertation shall be between 8,000 and 10,000 words in length, and shall have been composed wholly or largely in the period since the student's admission as a Graduate Student.

Geography

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1113)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Geography.

2. The study and training shall include practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:

  1. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography,
  2. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  3. (iii)a small research investigation,
  4. (iv)training in some technique.

3. The dissertation shall be of not more than 10,000 words in length.

History

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in History.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at courses of seminars and classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of History;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations;
  3. (c)completion of the registration procedure prescribed by the Degree Committee.

3. The dissertation shall take the form of either a substantive essay on the topic approved under Regulation 2(b) or a specimen of written work having an evident and central relation to the larger dissertation which the student intends to submit in candidature for the M.Litt. or the Ph.D. Degree. A dissertation shall be between 8,000 and 10,000 words in length, and shall have been composed wholly or largely in the period since the student's admission as a Graduate Student.

International Relations

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in International Relations.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at courses of lectures, seminars, and classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and International Studies;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include written papers or other exercises on subjects cognate to the lectures, seminars, and classes attended by the candidate.

Legal Studies

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Legal Studies.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at courses of seminars and classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Law;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations;
  3. (c)completion of the registration procedure prescribed by the Degree Committee.

3. The dissertation shall take the form of either a substantive essay on the topic approved under Regulation 2(b) or a specimen of written work having an evident and central relation to the larger dissertation which the student intends to submit in candidature for the M.Litt. or the Ph.D. Degree. A dissertation shall be of not more than 15,000 words in length, inclusive of footnotes but exclusive of appendices and bibliography, and shall have been composed wholly or largely in the period since the student's admission as a Graduate Student.

Music

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 269)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Music.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at courses of seminars and classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Music;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations;
  3. (c)completion of the registration procedure prescribed by the Degree Committee.

3. The dissertation shall take the form of either a substantive essay on the topic approved under Regulation 2(b) or a specimen of written work having an evident and central relation to the larger dissertation which the student intends to submit in candidature for the M.Litt. or the Ph.D. Degree. A dissertation shall be of not more than 10,000 words in length, and shall have been composed wholly or largely in the period since the student’s admission as a Graduate Student.

Natural Science (Astronomy)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Astronomy.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)a small research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination for the Certificate may include (in addition to the submission of a dissertation and an oral examination as laid down in General Regulation 5) one or two written papers on subjects cognate to the lectures attended by the candidate.

4. The dissertation shall be of not more than 12,000 words in length, inclusive of tables, bibliography, and appendices.

Natural Science (Biological Science)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study in Natural Science shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Biological Science.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)a course of lectures proposed by the Head of the relevant Department or other institution and approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Biology;
  2. (b)one or more original research investigations.

3. The dissertation shall be of not more than 15,000 words in length, exclusive of tables, footnotes, bibliography, and appendices. In it the candidate shall provide evidence to satisfy the Examiners that he or she can design and carry out investigations, assess and interpret the results obtained, and place the work in the wider perspective of the subject.

Natural Science (Chemistry)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Chemistry.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures and research seminars approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)a small research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include (in addition to the submission of a dissertation and an oral examination as laid down in General Regulation 5) one or two written papers on subjects cognate to the lectures and seminars attended by the candidate.

4. The dissertation shall be of not more 12,000 words in length, inclusive of tables, bibliography, and appendices.

Natural Science (Earth Sciences)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Earth Sciences.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Earth Sciences and Geography;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)a small research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination for the Certificate may include (in addition to the submission of a dissertation and an oral examination as laid down in General Regulation 5) not more than two written papers on subjects cognate to the lectures attended by the candidate.

4. The dissertation shall be of not more than 10,000 words in length.

Natural Science (Materials Science and Metallurgy)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Materials Science and Metallurgy.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)a small research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination may include (in addition to the submission of a dissertation and an oral examination as laid down in General Regulation 5) one or two written papers on subjects cognate to the lectures attended by the candidate.

4. The dissertation shall be of not more than 15,000 words in length, inclusive of tables, figure legends, and appendices, but exclusive of bibliography.

Natural Science (Materials Science and Metallurgy: High Performance Structural Metallics)

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 644)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Materials Science and Metallurgy in High Performance Structural Metallics.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)successful completion of a minimum of eight courses of training approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)a small research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique,
  7. (v)devising and commissioning experimental work and analysing the output of this work.

3. The dissertation shall be of not more than 15,000 words in length, inclusive of tables, figures, legends, and appendices, but exclusive of bibliography.

Natural Science (Physics)

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Physics.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)courses of lectures approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Physics and Chemistry;
  2. (b)practical work carried out in one or more of the following ways:
  3. (i)organized experiments or theoretical exercises of an advanced type,
  4. (ii)assistance with a piece of research,
  5. (iii)a small research investigation,
  6. (iv)training in some technique.

3. At the discretion of the Examiners the examination for the Certificate may include (in addition to the submission of a dissertation and an oral examination as laid down in General Regulation 5) one or two written papers on subjects cognate to the lectures attended by the candidate.

4. The dissertation shall be of not more than 12,000 words in length, inclusive of tables, bibliography, and appendices.

Theology and Religious Studies

1. Certificates of Postgraduate Study shall be awarded for advanced study and training in research in Theology and Religious Studies.

2. The study and training shall include:

  1. (a)attendance at lectures, seminars, or classes approved by the Degree Committee for the Faculty of Divinity;
  2. (b)research on a topic approved by the Degree Committee pursued under the guidance of a Supervisor appointed under Regulation 4 of the General Regulations;
  3. (c)completion of the registration procedure prescribed by the Degree Committee.

3. The dissertation shall take the form of either a substantive essay on the topic approved under Regulation 2(b) or a specimen of written work having an evident and central relation to the larger dissertation which the student intends to submit in candidature for the M.Litt. or the Ph.D. Degree. A dissertation shall be of not more than 10,000 words in length, and shall have been composed wholly or largely in the period since the student's admission as a Graduate Student.

4. At the discretion of the Degree Committee the examination may include not more than two written papers on subjects cognate to the lectures or classes attended by the candidate; such papers may include passages for translation and comment in one or more languages relevant to the candidate's original research.

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION

Amended by Grace 7 of 13 January 2010

Conditions of award.

1. The Postgraduate Certificate in Education shall be awarded to a member of the University who has satisfactorily completed a course of study in Education prescribed by the Faculty Board of Education and has passed an examination in Education as defined in Regulations 7 and 8. No one shall be a candidate for the examination unless the Head of the Department of Education is satisfied that he or she has diligently attended the course and has undertaken the required amount of supervised work in a school or schools, as specified in Regulation 3, under arrangements approved by the Head of the Department.

Standing of candidates.

2. A candidate for the Certificate must have

  1. (a)eitherproceeded to a first degree in this or another university,
  2. orattained by examination such other educational qualifications as may be accepted by the Head of the Department of Education as the equivalent of a degree of a university,
  3. and
  4. (b)been approved for admission to the course of study for the Certificate by the Head of the Department.
Course of study.

3. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 4, the course of study for the Certificate shall consist of a course extending over one academical year, including not less than ninety days of supervised work in a school or schools.

4. If a student is allowed, under Regulation 11, to be a candidate for examination or re-examination after the completion of the period specified for the course in Regulation 3, the additional period during which such a student is preparing for examination or re-examination shall be deemed to form part of the course.

5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board no student shall be a candidate for the Certificate and for any other University examination in the same academical year.

Examiners and Assessors.

6. The Faculty Board of Education shall nominate for each academical year such number of Examiners and Assessors as they may deem sufficient, including a resident member of the Senate as Chairman of Examiners.

Scheme of examination.

7. The scheme of examination for the Certificate shall be as follows:

Section I. The study of teaching and learning.

This section shall consist of course-work on the principles and practice of teaching in one or more subjects and the general professional role of the teacher, which shall be related to a specific age range of pupils, and may also be related to a specific area of the school curriculum.

Section II. Professional performance in the school and the class-room.

A candidate's professional performance shall be assessed on such evidence as the Examiners shall require the Head of the Department to provide.

The course-work for Section I, which shall be undertaken during the period of candidature, shall consist of such essays, exercises, investigations, projects, and reports, shall be submitted in such written, practical, or other form, and shall be assessed in such manner, as the Faculty Board may determine under the provisions of Regulations 9 and 10.

8. All candidates shall take Sections I and II. No candidate shall qualify for the award of a Certificate unless he or she has satisfied the Examiners in each of the sections taken.

Supplementary regulations.

9. The Faculty Board shall have power to issue supplementary regulations determining the scope and manner of assessment of the examination and shall be empowered to amend such supplementary regulations from time to time as they may think fit, due care being taken that sufficient notice is given of any change.

Submission of course-work.

10. At the beginning of each academical year, not later than the end of the first week of Full Michaelmas Term, the Faculty Board shall publish by Notice in the School of Education and in Homerton College details of the requirements for each section of the examination. The Notice shall give details of all course-work to be submitted during the current academical year, including topics prescribed, arrangements for the submission and approval of proposed subjects, and arrangements for the submission of completed course-work.

Re-examination.

11. A candidate who has failed to satisfy the Examiners in Section II at the first attempt may apply to the Faculty Board for permission to be re-examined in that section. Permission will be granted only if the application expressly has the support of the Examiners. Such permission shall not be granted on more than one occasion, nor shall a student, except by special permission of the Faculty Board granted in exceptional circumstances, be a candidate for re-examination more than two years after first taking the examination. The general conditions for re-examination shall be determined by the Faculty Board; the Examiners shall inform a candidate who fails whether he or she is required to be re-examined in order to qualify for the award of a Certificate.

12. If any student is given permission under Regulation 11 to be a candidate for examination or re-examination in Section II, the assessment shall be concluded after the completion of such period or periods of supervised work in a school or schools as the Examiners may require.

Class-lists.

13. The names of candidates who satisfy the Examiners shall be arranged in alphabetical order in a single class. The Chairman of Examiners for the time being (or a deputy) shall have power to send to the Registrary for publication at any time a Notice signed by not less than three of the Examiners containing the names of any candidates who, having previously failed to satisfy the Examiners and having been given permission to present themselves again for re-examination under Regulation 11, have subsequently qualified for the award of a Certificate.

Form of Certificate.

14. A candidate who has satisfied the Examiners shall be awarded a Certificate in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT

having satisfied the preliminary conditions and having diligently followed a course of study in the principles and practice of Education including class-room teaching and having been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge has been approved by the Examiners and has been awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education.

Relation to courses of research.

15. A student who has taken the examination for the Certificate shall not be entitled to count the period or any part of the period during which he or she has been a candidate for the Certificate towards a course of research for the degree of Ph.D., M.Sc., or M.Litt. or a course of training and research for the degree of Ed.D.

Fees.

16. While studying for the Certificate a candidate shall pay the appropriate University Composition Fee for each term of such study.

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS

Section I. The study of teaching and learning

For this section each candidate will be required to submit course-work on the teaching of his or her subject or subjects, in relation to one of the following: (a) the education of children of early years (3–7) or (5–11) primary school age; (b) the education of children of middle school age (7–14); (c) secondary education.

DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES OPEN TO NON-MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Amended by Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 734 and 1042)

1. The following regulations shall apply to any University examination for Diplomas and Certificates open to non-members of the University listed in the Schedule to these regulations.

Approval of subjects.

2. A subject for any Diploma or Certificate under these regulations and listed in the Schedule, together with a syllabus for the course, the special regulations for the examination, and any subsequent amendments thereof, shall be approved by the General Board, and the Board of Graduate Studies where appropriate.

Admission to a course.

3. Any person may be approved for admission to a course of study leading to the award of a Diploma or a Certificate granted under the provisions of these regulations who has satisfied the relevant body53 administering the Diploma or a Certificate as qualified to engage in study for the qualification. A register shall be kept by the Registrary of all persons who are studying with a view to obtaining such a qualification.

4. A date shall be agreed between the administering body and the Registrary by which the head of the body administering the Diploma or Certificate shall send to the Registrary a list of all the students who have been newly admitted by that body and who are studying towards a Diploma or Certificate listed in the Schedule to these regulations.

Length of candidature.

5. The length of candidature for each award shall be determined by the General Board on the recommendation of the administering body.

Fees.

6. While studying for a Diploma or a Certificate under these regulations a candidate shall pay the appropriate fee for the course as determined by the General Board from time to time on the recommendation of the administering body.

Non-payment of fees.

7. No person who has not paid the appropriate fee shall be entitled to attend any lectures related to a course or any course of instruction for a Diploma or Certificate under these regulations.

8. No person shall be permitted to be a candidate in the examination, or any part of the examination, for any Diploma or Certificate under these regulations unless the person’s name is on the register and he or she has met the relevant course requirements.

Lists of candidates.

9. Lists of candidates for any written papers in the examinations or any other parts of examinations for any Diploma or Certificate under these regulations shall be sent by the head of the administering body to the Registrary at least three weeks before the first assignment is due to be submitted or, in the case of written papers, before the examination starts.

Periods of previous study.

10. The General Board, on the recommendation of the administering body, shall have powers to recognize periods of previous successful study as meeting part of the requirements for the award.

11. A candidate shall study for a Diploma or Certificate under these regulations in Cambridge, or such other place as the administering body concerned, with the approval of the General Board, shall determine, under the direction of a Course Director appointed by that body and under any special conditions that that body may lay down in each case.

Examiners.

12. The administering body for a Diploma or Certificate shall appoint such number of Examiners as necessary to conduct the examination.

Awards.

13. A Diploma or Certificate under these regulations shall be awarded to any person who has attended a course of lectures and classes prescribed by the administering body, has satisfactorily completed the assignments for the course, and has also satisfied the Examiners in the examination for the Diploma or the Certificate. The list of successful candidates shall specify the subject in which each candidate has satisfied the Examiners. The symbol (d) may be placed against the names of candidates who acquit themselves with distinction, and the symbol (c) against the names of those who acquit themselves with credit.

Form of Diploma or Certificate.

14. The Diploma or Certificate shall be in the following form:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT                              having diligently attended a course of instruction in                                   and having been admitted to the examination appointed by the University of Cambridge has been approved54             by the Examiners and has been awarded the    Diploma [Certificate]55     in56

15. The General Board, on the recommendation of the administering body, shall determine, for each award, whether a candidate who is not awarded a Diploma or Certificate may be a candidate again in either the same or in any other field.

Examiners' fees.

16. Fees to Examiners shall be as determined from time to time by the General Board on the recommendation of the administering body.

Review procedures.

17. Review procedures for examination results and student complaints shall be approved from time to time by the General Board on the recommendation of the administering body.

SCHEDULE

Examinations for which the foregoing regulations apply

Amended by Notices (Reporter, 2009–10, pp. 99, 269, 734, and 1042)

Diplomas

Faculty of Education

Postgraduate Diploma in Educational Studies

Institute of Continuing Education

Diploma of Higher Education in Archaeology

Diploma of Higher Education in Combined

 Humanities

Diploma of Higher Education in Historic

 Environment

Diploma of Higher Education in History of Art

Diploma of Higher Education in Local History

Diploma of Higher Education in Modern English

 Literature

Advanced Diploma in Archaeology

Advanced Diploma in Counselling

Advanced Diploma in Entrepreneurship

Advanced Diploma in Historic Environment

Advanced Diploma in History of Art

Advanced Diploma in Local History

Advanced Diploma in the Study of Religion

Postgraduate Diploma in Applied Criminology and

 Police Management

Postgraduate Diploma in Applied Criminology,

 Penology, and Management

Postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Science (Primary

 Care Research)

Postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Science

 (Translational Medicine and Therapeutics)

Postgraduate Diploma in Notarial Practice

Postgraduate Diploma in Property Investment

Postgraduate Diploma in Training, Learning, and

 Development

Certificates

Faculty of Divinity

Certificate in Theology for Ministry

Faculty of Education

Postgraduate Certificate in Educational Research

Postgraduate Certificate of Educational Enquiry

Postgraduate Certificate of Professional Study

Postgraduate Certificate of Staff Development

Institute of Continuing Education

Certificate of Continuing Education (generic award)

Certificate of Continuing Education in Legal Practice

 for Paralegals

Certificate of Continuing Education in Principles and

 Practice of Assessment

Certificate of Continuing Education in Study of Islam,

 Judaism, and Muslim-Jewish Relations

Certificate of Continuing Education in Theological

 Studies

Certificate of Higher Education (generic award)

Certificate of Higher Education in Archaeology

Certificate of Higher Education in Astronomy

Certificate of Higher Education in Coaching

Certificate of Higher Education in Counselling

Certificate of Higher Education in English Literature

Certificate of Higher Education in Genetics

Certificate of Higher Education in Grief and

 Bereavement Studies

Certificate of Higher Education in Historic Building

 Conservation

Certificate of Higher Education in Historic

 Environment

Certificate of Higher Education in History of Art

Certificate of Higher Education in International

 Development

Certificate of Higher Education in Practical

 Horticulture and Plantsmanship

Postgraduate Certificate in Professional Practice in Architecture

Cambridge Programme for Sustainability Leadership

Postgraduate Certificate in Sustainable Business

Language Centre

Certificate of Higher Education in French

Certificate of Higher Education in German

Certificate of Higher Education in Spanish

Certificate in Theology for Ministry

Divinity.

1. The Faculty Board of Divinity shall be the administering body for the Certificate in Theology for Ministry, but they may delegate the detailed administration of the Certificate to their Committee for the Management of the B.Th. Degree.

2. A candidate for the Certificate shall have followed a course of study in a Member Institution of the Cambridge Theological Federation.

3. Candidates shall be required to offer papers and written work amounting to a total of twelve credits chosen from the following, with at least one credit gained from a pastoral or denominational submission:

  1. (a)a minimum of six credits from papers chosen from those offered for the Bachelor of Theology Degree, under which each paper shall count as two credits and each half-paper shall count as one credit; provided that
  2. (i)candidates may only offer one paper from Papers 1 and 3, and one paper from Papers 2 and 4 and;
  3. (ii)a candidate who offers either Paper 5 or Paper 6 may not offer Paper 10;
  4. (iii)a candidate may not offer the same set texts for Papers 16 or 17 as for Paper 15;
  5. (iv)a candidate may not offer Paper 21.
  6. (b)not more than six credits from the following:
  7. (i)a dissertation on any topic, approved by the Faculty Board, relating to the subject of any full or half-paper from Papers 9 to 28, as specified under Regulation 24 for the Bachelor of Theology Degree, which shall count as two credits;
  8. (ii)a pastoral or denominational submission chosen from
  9. A.a Social Context Placement with reflective report, which shall count as two credits;
  10. B.a Church Placement with reflective report, which shall count as two credits;
  11. C.a Church Attachment with Supervisor’s report, which shall count as one credit;
  12. D.an essay of no more than 3,000 words on a topic approved by the Faculty Board, which shall count as one credit.

Postgraduate Diploma in Educational Studies

Education.

1. The Postgraduate Diploma in Educational Studies shall be administered by the Faculty of Education.

2. The Postgraduate Diploma in Educational Studies shall be awarded on the basis of

  1. (a)the successful completion of three Postgraduate Certificates (PCPS, PCEE, or PCSD) each comprising 60 hours of study together with a reflective commentary of between 2,000 and 4,000 words; or
  2. (b)either the PCPS, PCEE, or PCSD comprising 60 hours of study together with the PCER;
  3. (c)either the PCPS, PCEE, or PCSD comprising 60 hours of study together with two essays on topics approved by the Faculty Board of Education.

Postgraduate Certificates of Practitioner Professional Development

1. The Certificates of Practitioner Professional Development shall be administered by the Faculty Board of Education.

2. The Postgraduate Certificate of Professional Study (PCPS), Postgraduate Certificate of Educational Enquiry (PCEE), and Postgraduate Certificate of Staff Development (PCSD) shall be awarded for courses of Practitioner Professional Development offered by the Faculty of Education. Courses shall comprise 30 or 60 hours of study. The Faculty Board of Education shall prescribe a minimum attendance requirement. The examination shall consist of a written report or essay of 2,000 or 4,000 words for the 30- and 60-hour courses respectively.

3. The Postgraduate Certificate in Educational Research (PCER) shall be awarded for advanced study. Candidates shall be required to submit a research report of between 10,000 and 12,000 words on a topic approved by the Faculty Board of Education.

Diploma of Higher Education

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 99)

Continuing Education.

For the Diplomas of Higher Education administered by the Institute of Continuing Education examination shall be by such tasks appropriate to the discipline as prescribed by the Strategic Committee for the Institute. The volume of work required to complete the award shall be 36,000–48,000 words (240-credit Diploma) and 18,000–24,000 words (120-credit Diploma) or the equivalent.

Advanced Diploma

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 99)

For the Advanced Diplomas administered by the Institute of Continuing Education examination shall be by tasks appropriate to the discipline as prescribed by the Strategic Committee for the Institute. The volume of work required to complete the award shall be 15,000–20,000 words or the equivalent.

Postgraduate Diploma

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 99)

For the Postgraduate Diplomas administered by the Institute of Continuing Education examination shall be by tasks appropriate to the discipline as prescribed by the Strategic Committee for the Institute. The volume of work required to complete the award shall be 15,000–24,000 words or the equivalent.

Certificate of Continuing Education

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 99)

For the Certificates of Continuing Education administered by the Institute of Continuing Education examination shall be by tasks appropriate to the discipline as prescribed by the Strategic Committee for the Institute. The volume of work required to complete the award shall be 9,000–12,000 words or the equivalent.

Certificate of Higher Education

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 99)

For the Certificates of Higher Education administered by the Institute of Continuing Education examination shall be by tasks appropriate to the discipline as prescribed by the Strategic Committee for the Institute. The volume of work required to complete the award shall be 18,000–24,000 words or the equivalent.

Postgraduate Certificate

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 99)

1. The Postgraduate Certificate in Professional Practice in Architecture shall be administered by the Institute of Continuing Education.

2. The scheme of examination shall be prescribed by the Strategic Committee for the Institute and shall require submission of work of 9,000–15,000 words or the equivalent.

Postgraduate Certificate in Sustainable Business

Notice (Reporter, 2009–10, p. 269)

CPSL.

1. The Postgraduate Certificate in Sustainable Business shall be administered by the Cambridge Programme for Sustainability Leadership.

2. The scheme of examination for the Postgraduate Certificate in Sustainable Business shall be as follows:

  1. (a)two essays (a case review and a strategy paper), each of not more than 3,000 words in length, and each on a topic approved by the Degree Committee,
  2. (b)an essay (a group project) of not more than 7,000 words in length on a topic approved by the Degree Committee.

Certificates of Higher Education in French, German, and Spanish

Language Centre.

1. The Certificates of Higher Education in French, German, and Spanish shall be administered by the Committee of Management of the Language Centre.

2. The scheme of examination shall consist of examinations for aural and reading proficiency, each of which shall last one hour, and an oral presentation.

Footnotes

  1. 1. See the regulations for the Precincts of the University and residence (p. 181).a b
  2. 2. The following institutions are members of the Cambridge Theological Federation: Ridley Hall, Wesley House, Westcott House, Westminster College, the Margaret Beaufort Institute, the Institute for Orthodox Christian Studies, and the Eastern Region Ministry Course.a
  3. 3. This paper is suspended until 1 October 2011.a
  4. 4. This paper may be offered as a half-paper. See the Supplementary Regulations.a
  5. 5. This paper is a half-paper.a b c d e f g h i j
  6. 6. Evidence that this requirement has been satisfied should be sent to the Registrary, so as to arrive not later than the day preceding the day of graduation.a
  7. 7. See the regulations for the Precincts of the University and residence (p. 181).a
  8. 8. See the regulations for the Precincts of the University and residence (p. 181).a
  9. 9. These regulations were last printed in Statutes and Ordinances, 2004, p. 422; the Old Regulations were last printed in Statutes and Ordinances, 1998, p. 434.a
  10. 10. That is having taken Part Ia and Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos as Affiliated Students.a
  11. 11. See the regulations for the Precincts of the University and residence (p.181); terms kept or allowed before beginning the years of clinical study shall count for this purpose.a
  12. 12. In this sitting of the Second M.B. Examination the papers set are Sections I and II of the papers set in the corresponding subjects of Part Ia and Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos. See Regulations 15 and 20 for that Tripos.a
  13. 13. That is when the papers of the Second M.B. Examination are the papers set for the corresponding subjects of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos.a
  14. 14. See also the regulations for the disclosure of examination marks, p. 238.a
  15. 15. See p. 172.a
  16. 16. Under Regulation 11 courses so approved may include a course at a university other than Cambridge which is deemed to satisfy the standard prescribed by the Faculty Board of Clinical Medicine.a
  17. 17. See the regulations for the Precincts of the University and residence (p. 181); terms kept or allowed before beginning the years of clinical study shall count for this purpose.a
  18. 18. In this sitting of the Second M.B. Examination the papers set are Sections I and II of the papers set in the corresponding subjects of Part Ia and Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos. See Regulations 15 and 20 for that Tripos.a
  19. 19. See also the regulations for the disclosure of examination marks, p. 238.a
  20. 20. The M.Chir. Committee will not normally accept a thesis which is mainly a reprint, copy, or reproduction of work which has already been published, but there is no objection to the incorporation and use within a thesis of the basic results of work which the candidate has already published, provided that reference to such publications is made or reprints supplied or both.a
  21. 21. A successful candidate may apply for the return of one of the copies of the thesis.a
  22. 22. See p. 439.a
  23. 23. See the regulations for the Precincts of the University and residence (p. 181).a
  24. 24. See also the special regulations for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, p. 495.a
  25. 25. See also the regulations for the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Science, and Master of Letters, p. 491.a
  26. 26. The regulations for Research Students, which were replaced on 1 October 1977 by the present general regulations for admission as a Graduate Student and for the degrees of Ph.D., M.Sc., and M.Litt., were last published in Ordinances, 1976, pp. 460–70.a b
  27. 27. Exceptionally, and subject to the special permission of the Board of Graduate Studies, a candidate under Route A may be admitted from the beginning of either the Lent Term or the Easter Term if the Board are satisfied that the approved course of study for the subject concerned can be provided from that date.a
  28. 28. This subject is taken from Group 1 in the examination in Development Studies for the M.Phil. Degree.a
  29. 29. This course will be available with effect from 1 October 2011.a
  30. 30. This course is suspended for the academical year 2011–12 (see Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1112).a
  31. 31. One A4 page consisting largely of statistics or symbols shall be regarded as the equivalent of 250 words.a b
  32. 32. Including footnotes, tables, and appendices.a b c
  33. 33. This course will be retitled Social Anthropology with effect from 1 October 2011 (see Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1112).a
  34. 34. These regulations will be rescinded with effect from 1 October 2011 (see Reporter, 2009–10, p. 1112).a
  35. 35. This course will be available with effect from 1 October 2011.a
  36. 36. This course will be available from 1 September 2011.a
  37. 37. The word in angular brackets will replace the word in square brackets for candidates commencing the course after 1 September 2010. It will not apply to continuing students.a
  38. 38. This course is suspended until further notice.a
  39. 39. These regulations were last printed in Statutes and Ordinances, 2006, p. 508.a
  40. 40. That is, having taken Part Ia and Part Ib of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos as Affiliated Students. See Regulation 3(e) of the Revised Regulations for the degrees of M.B., B.Chir.a
  41. 41. In this sitting of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination the papers set are Sections I and II of the papers set in the corresponding subjects of Part Ia of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos. See Regulations 15 and 20 of that Tripos.a
  42. 42. That is when the papers of the Second Vet.M.B. Examination are the papers set for the corresponding subjects of the Medical and Veterinary Sciences Tripos.a
  43. 43. See also the regulations for the disclosure of examination marks, p. 238.a
  44. 44. See the Schedule to these regulations.a b c d e
  45. 45. One A4 page consisting largely of statistics or symbols shall be regarded as the equivalent of 250 words.a
  46. 46. Insert with Distinction if the candidate deserves special credit.a
  47. 47. Insert with Distinction or with Credit if appropriate.a
  48. 48. Insert the language in which the candidate has satisfied the Examiners.a
  49. 49. Insert with Distinction if the candidate has been awarded a mark of distinction.a
  50. 50. Insert with Distinction or with Credit if appropriate.a b
  51. 51. Insert the language in which the candidate has satisfied the Examiners.a
  52. 52. Insert the subject offered by the candidate (e.g. English, Natural Science (Biological Science)).a b
  53. 53. The bodies approved by the General Board to administer the qualifications under these regulations are: the Strategic Committee of the Institute of Continuing Education and the Management Board of the University of Cambridge Programme for Sustainability Leadership, the Committee of Management of the Language Centre, and the Faculty Boards of Business and Management, Divinity, and Education.a
  54. 54. Insert with Distinction or with Credit if appropriate.a
  55. 55. Delete as appropriate.a
  56. 56. Insert the appropriate title of award and the subject in which the candidate has satisfied the Examiners.a